WO2022237547A1 - 一种信息传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种信息传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022237547A1
WO2022237547A1 PCT/CN2022/089614 CN2022089614W WO2022237547A1 WO 2022237547 A1 WO2022237547 A1 WO 2022237547A1 CN 2022089614 W CN2022089614 W CN 2022089614W WO 2022237547 A1 WO2022237547 A1 WO 2022237547A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
offset parameter
terminal device
resource block
uplink control
resource
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/089614
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘哲
余政
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to JP2023529073A priority Critical patent/JP7464798B2/ja
Priority to KR1020237007224A priority patent/KR20230044500A/ko
Priority to EP22806516.5A priority patent/EP4175386A4/en
Priority to TW111117235A priority patent/TWI806595B/zh
Publication of WO2022237547A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022237547A1/zh
Priority to US18/161,878 priority patent/US20230247628A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to JP2024053933A priority patent/JP7711872B2/ja
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/26025—Numerology, i.e. varying one or more of symbol duration, subcarrier spacing, Fourier transform size, sampling rate or down-clocking
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/0012—Hopping in multicarrier systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078—Timing of allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/53—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on regulatory allocation policies
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to an information transmission method and device.
  • Terminal devices with different capabilities have different requirements for mobile communication systems.
  • terminal devices with reduced capabilities usually support smaller channel bandwidths than normal terminal devices.
  • the maximum channel bandwidth supported by enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) terminal equipment is 100MHz.
  • the maximum channel bandwidth it supports may be 5MHz, or 20MHz, or 40MHz, and the complexity and cost of the terminal equipment can be reduced by reducing the channel bandwidth.
  • Terminal devices with different capabilities will coexist in the same communication system, and how to better support the coexistence of these terminal devices has become an urgent technical problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides an information transmission method and device, which can avoid fragmentation of resources, reduce restrictions on resource scheduling, and increase the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • an information transmission method includes: a terminal device determines a target offset parameter, an uplink control channel resource index, a physical resource block offset parameter, and an initial cyclic shift contained in an initial cyclic shift index set The number of bit indexes; the terminal device determines the Resource block index for uplink control channel transmission; the terminal device sends uplink control information to the network device on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the terminal device according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • the number determines the resource block index of the uplink control channel transmission.
  • the resources associated with the resource block index will not cause resource fragmentation of other terminal devices, and will not cause the available resources of other terminal devices to be split into several fragmented frequency blocks. Domain resources limit the resource scheduling of other terminal devices.
  • the information transmission method of the present application can enable terminal devices with different capabilities to coexist better in the same communication system.
  • the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, and the terminal device determining the resource block index include: the terminal device according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource The index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set determine the first resource block index corresponding to the p-th hop of the uplink control information frequency hopping transmission, wherein the p is a positive integer; and/or, according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index set included in the initial cyclic shift index set Number and the first frequency range determine the second resource block index corresponding to the qth hop of the uplink control channel data frequency hopping transmission, where the q is a positive integer, and the resource associated with the resource block index belongs to the first frequency range.
  • the information transmission method in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the transmission of uplink control information in a frequency hopping scenario, and may also be applicable to the transmission of uplink control information in a non-frequency hopping scenario.
  • the target offset parameter may include a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, and the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter
  • the parameters can be used to determine the positions of the physical uplink control channel resources corresponding to the p-th hop and the q-th hop respectively, which can be referred to as the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first terminal device uses The first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource send uplink control information, and the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource will not schedule resources in the frequency range available to other terminal devices Restriction is caused, that is, the restriction on resource scheduling of other terminal devices
  • the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first terminal.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, where the first sub-offset parameter is used to determine the first sub-offset parameter A resource block index, the second sub-offset parameter is used to determine the second resource block index.
  • the terminal device may use the number of resources of the uplink control channel multiplexed by each resource block or the resource set of the uplink control channel in the uplink transmission of other terminal devices that have resource conflicts with it.
  • the number of cyclic shifts further adjusts the target offset parameter to avoid conflicts between resources associated with the resource block index and resources used by other terminal devices for transmitting uplink control information.
  • the resource can be set by adjusting the target offset parameter.
  • the resource associated with the block index is allocated to a frequency position adjacent to the resource used by the other terminal device for transmitting uplink control information.
  • first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter may be the same or different.
  • the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter are determined by the first terminal device according to the first configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the first sub-offset parameter is determined by the first terminal device according to the first configuration information
  • the second sub-offset parameter that is, D 2
  • the first sub-offset parameter (ie, D 1 ) and the number of resource blocks (ie, N size ) included in the first frequency range are determined.
  • the second sub-offset parameter D2 can be determined in the following manner: in is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range.
  • the first resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) represents that the result of r PUCCH /8 is rounded down
  • the second resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter are the same, they can both be represented by the target offset parameter D; if the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter The parameters are different, and can be represented by D1 and D2 respectively, or if the first sub - offset parameter D1 is represented by the target offset parameter D, the second sub-offset parameter can be expressed as in is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, where the second frequency range is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the methods for determining the target offset parameter include but are not limited to the following: 1
  • the terminal device determines the target offset parameter according to the first location and the second location, where the first location is the first frequency range The position where the index of the yth resource block is located, the second position is the position where the resource block whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range is located, where y and z are non-negative integers, wherein the first frequency range is greater than that of the terminal
  • 2 The terminal device according to the first information Determine the target offset parameter, the first information is received by the terminal device from the network device, for example, the first information is a master information block (master information block, MIB), or a system information block 1 (system information block 1, SIB1 ), or the field in SIB1, or the downlink control information for scheduling
  • the terminal device sends the uplink control information without frequency hopping on a resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the method before the terminal device determines the target offset parameter, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the subcarrier spacing S corresponding to the terminal device and the uplink control channel The symbol number L of the resource satisfies the first preset condition.
  • the first preset condition may be one or more of the following conditions: 1 the minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4; 2 the minimum value of L is determined according to the S; 3 the L The value of L belongs to the first numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and there is no frequency hopping between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • Frequency tuning is required; as an example and not limitation, the first numerical range may include ⁇ 2,4,10 ⁇ .
  • the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, when the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; as an example instead of As defined, the second numerical range may include ⁇ 14 ⁇ .
  • the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range. When the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range, the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and the adjacent two hops of the frequency hopping transmission Frequency tuning is not required; as an example but not a limitation, the third value range may include 15KHz or 30KHz or 60KHz or greater than 60KHz. 6
  • the value of S belongs to the fourth numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel can be transmitted by frequency hopping, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • the fourth numerical value range may include 15KHz, or 30KHz, or 60KHz.
  • the terminal device when the subcarrier spacing S and/or the number of symbols L used for uplink control channel transmission meet the first preset condition, the terminal device performs frequency hopping outside the second frequency range.
  • S and L When the first preset condition is not satisfied, the terminal device does not perform frequency hopping outside the second frequency range, or the terminal device only performs frequency hopping within the second frequency range, which reduces the time for frequency tuning (or called re-adjustment) The impact on the performance of frequency domain resources corresponding to the terminal device with a small number of symbols L.
  • an information transmission method comprising: a first terminal device (corresponding to the above-mentioned terminal device) receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the first terminal device to use at least one first
  • the frequency domain resource sends uplink control information, and the first frequency domain resource belongs to a first frequency range; the first terminal device sends the uplink control information according to the first configuration information.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device receives second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to instruct the network device to assign the first terminal device a second frequency range, the second frequency range includes at least one second frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource is used for the first terminal device to send the uplink control information, wherein the second frequency domain resource also belongs to the The third frequency domain range allocated by the network device to the second terminal device (corresponding to other terminal devices that conflict with the resources of the above-mentioned terminal device). It should be noted that the first frequency domain resource is outside the third frequency domain range, or the first frequency domain resource is located at an edge of the third frequency domain range.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be located at both ends of the carrier, or may be adjacent to a resource (which may be referred to as a third frequency domain resource) used by the second terminal device for transmitting uplink control information.
  • the uplink control information is used for the terminal device to access the network device.
  • the uplink control information may be feedback from the contention resolution message sent by the terminal device to the network device during the random access process.
  • Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request message may be used for the terminal device to access the network device.
  • the second frequency domain resource used for sending uplink control information determined by the first terminal device according to the second configuration information belongs to the third frequency domain range allocated by the network device to the second terminal device Within the second frequency domain resource, the frequency domain fragmentation within the third frequency domain range will be split into several fragmented frequency domain resources, which will limit the resource scheduling of the second terminal device.
  • the The first terminal device may determine the first frequency domain resource for sending uplink control information according to the first configuration information, and the first frequency domain resource is outside the range of the third frequency domain, or the first frequency domain resource is located in the The edge portion of the third frequency domain range.
  • the first frequency domain resource will not restrict resource use within the third frequency domain range of the second terminal, which improves the flexibility of resource scheduling.
  • the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first terminal
  • the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first terminal
  • the third frequency range is less than or equal to the second The maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal.
  • the first configuration information is specifically used to indicate a target offset parameter
  • the target offset parameter is a difference between the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
  • the offset parameter between.
  • the first terminal device can determine the offset parameter between the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to the first configuration information, and then use the target offset parameter
  • the position of the first frequency domain resource is determined with the second frequency domain resource, and then the first frequency domain resource is used to send uplink control information, which reduces the restriction on resource scheduling of the second terminal device and improves the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter
  • the first sub-offset parameter A frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the method includes: the first terminal device determines the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter; the first terminal The device respectively determines the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter, and the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource outside the third frequency domain range, or, the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource are located at an edge of the third frequency domain range.
  • the information transmission method in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the transmission of uplink control information in a frequency hopping scenario, and may also be applicable to the transmission of uplink control information in a non-frequency hopping scenario.
  • the target offset parameter may include a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, and the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter
  • the parameters can be respectively used to determine the positions of the physical uplink control channel resources corresponding to the first hop and the second hop, that is, the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first terminal device then uses the The first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource send uplink control information, and the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource no longer restrict resource scheduling in the third frequency range, that is, The restriction on resource scheduling of the second terminal device is reduced, and the flexibility of resource allocation is improved.
  • the first configuration information includes the number of RBs included in the first frequency range and indication information of the first sub-offset parameter, the first sub-frequency domain resource and The second sub-frequency domain resource is located within the first frequency range
  • the method includes: the first terminal device determines the first sub-offset parameter according to the first configuration information; the first terminal device determines the first sub-offset parameter according to the first sub-frequency domain resource; The offset parameter and the number of RBs included in the first frequency domain range determine the second sub-offset parameter; the first terminal device determines the first sub-offset parameter according to the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter respectively.
  • first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter may be the same or different.
  • first sub-offset parameter is the same as the second sub-offset parameter
  • only one offset parameter may be used for indication, so as to save certain resources.
  • the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter are determined by the first terminal device according to the first configuration information.
  • the first sub-offset parameter is determined by the first terminal device according to the first configuration information
  • the second sub-offset parameter that is, D 2
  • the first sub-offset parameter (ie, D 1 ) and the number of resource blocks (ie, N size ) included in the first frequency range are determined.
  • the second sub-offset parameter D2 can be determined in the following manner: in is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range.
  • the first terminal device may determine the resource block index (corresponding to the first resource block index) corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource according to the target offset parameter based on the following formula (denoted as X 1 ):
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) means that the result of r PUCCH /8 is rounded down
  • the first terminal device may determine the resource block index (corresponding to the second resource block index) corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource according to the target offset parameter based on the following formula (denoted as X 2 ):
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the first configuration information includes indication information of the first sub-offset parameter and indication information of the second sub-offset parameter
  • the first terminal device Determining the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource respectively according to the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter includes: the first terminal device determining the first sub-frequency domain resource according to the first configuration information a sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter; the first terminal device respectively determines the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter resources: the first terminal device sends the uplink control information by using the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter may be the same or different. If the first sub-offset parameter is different from the second sub-offset parameter, the first configuration information includes indication information of the first sub-offset parameter and indication information of the second sub-offset parameter, and the first The terminal device determines the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter according to the indication information of the first sub-offset parameter and the indication information of the second sub-offset parameter, and then according to the first sub-offset parameter parameter and the second sub-offset parameter determine the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first terminal device uses the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource to send uplink Control information, the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource do not impose restrictions on resource scheduling within the third frequency range, that is, the restriction on resource scheduling of the second terminal device is reduced, and the flexibility of resource allocation is improved sex.
  • first sub-offset parameter is the same as the second sub-offset parameter, only one indication information may be used for indication, so as to save certain resource overhead.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines the target offset parameter, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a first parameter, and the first parameter uses For determining the target offset parameter, the first parameter is related to the resource number of the uplink control channel multiplexed by each resource block in the uplink transmission or the cyclic shift number corresponding to the resource set of the uplink control channel; and the first terminal device Determining the target offset parameter includes: the first terminal device determining the target offset parameter according to the first parameter.
  • the first terminal device may further adjust the target offset parameter according to the resource number of the uplink control channel multiplexed by each resource block in the uplink transmission or the cyclic shift number corresponding to the resource set of the uplink control channel,
  • the first frequency domain resource is then determined according to the target offset parameter, avoiding the first frequency domain resource and the resource used to transmit uplink control information in the third frequency range used by the second terminal device (which may be referred to as the third frequency domain resource). resources) conflict, for example, the first frequency domain resource may be configured to a frequency position adjacent to the third frequency domain resource through the first parameter.
  • the method before the first terminal device determines the target offset parameter, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the subcarrier corresponding to the first terminal device The interval S of and the number L of symbols used for the transmission of the uplink control channel satisfy the first preset condition.
  • the first preset condition may be one or more of the following conditions: 1 the minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4; 2 the minimum value of L is determined according to the S; 3 the L The value of L belongs to the first numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and there is no frequency hopping between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • Frequency tuning is required; as an example and not limitation, the first numerical range may include ⁇ 2,4,10 ⁇ .
  • the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, when the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; as an example instead of As defined, the second numerical range may include ⁇ 14 ⁇ .
  • the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range. When the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range, the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and the adjacent two hops of the frequency hopping transmission Frequency tuning is not required; as an example but not a limitation, the third value range may include 15KHz or 30KHz or 60KHz or greater than 60KHz. 6
  • the value of S belongs to the fourth numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel can be transmitted by frequency hopping, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • the fourth numerical value range may include 15KHz, or 30KHz, or 60KHz.
  • the first terminal device when the interval S of the subcarriers and/or the number of symbols L used for the transmission of the uplink control channel meet the first preset condition, the first terminal device performs frequency hopping outside the second frequency range, when S When L and L do not meet the first preset condition, the first terminal device does not perform frequency hopping outside the second frequency range, or in other words, the first terminal device only performs frequency hopping within the second frequency range, which reduces the time for readjustment. Influences on the performance of the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the first terminal device with a small number of symbols L.
  • an information transmission method includes: a terminal device determines the number of symbols L and/or the subcarrier spacing S used for uplink control channel transmission; if the L and/or the S meet at least one of the following 1) The minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4; 2) The minimum value of L is determined according to the S; 3) The value of L belongs to a first value range, and the uplink control channel within the first value range No frequency hopping transmission, or frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control channel, and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission; 4) The value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, and within the second numerical range the Frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control channel, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; 5) The value of the S belongs to a third numerical range, and the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission within the third numerical range, Or the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is outside the second frequency range by two hops.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is two hops outside the second frequency range.
  • the two hops of the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device are outside the second frequency range, or within the second frequency range.
  • 3 when 3) is satisfied, the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device does not perform frequency-hopping transmission, or performs frequency-hopping transmission, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the first numerical range may be that L is less than or equal to 4.
  • the second numerical range may be that L is greater than 4, or L is greater than or equal to 10.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device does not perform frequency-hopping transmission, or does frequency-hopping transmission, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the third value range may be S greater than or equal to 60KHz, or S greater than 30KHz.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is outside the second frequency range for two hops.
  • the fourth numerical value range may be that S is less than or equal to 30KHz.
  • the above 1) to 6) can be combined with each other, for example, 3) can be combined with 5), that is, when the value of L belongs to the first value range and S belongs to the third value range, the PUCCH does not hop transmission, or PUCCH frequency hopping transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between adjacent two hops of frequency hopping transmission; for example, 4) can be applied in combination with 6), that is, the value of L belongs to the second value range and S belongs to the first When the value range is four, the PUCCH can perform frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission.
  • the terminal device receives second information sent by the network device, and the second information may be used to indicate whether the uplink control information of the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • the second information It is used to indicate the uplink control information of the terminal equipment to perform frequency hopping transmission, and the second information can also be used to further indicate whether frequency tuning is required for the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, or the second information can also be used to further indicate the uplink
  • the control information is transmitted by frequency hopping within the second frequency range, or the uplink control information is transmitted by frequency hopping outside the second frequency range
  • the terminal device receives fourth information sent by the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is frequency hopping, and/or, the terminal device receives fifth information sent by the network device , the fifth information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to hop within or outside the second frequency range, for example, the fourth information and the fifth information may be MIB, SIB1, DCI for scheduling PDSCH bearing SIB1, RRC signaling, or DCI.
  • the frequency range in which the above-mentioned uplink control channel is transmitted without frequency hopping, or the frequency range of the uplink control channel is transmitted in frequency hopping and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission can be referred to as the first frequency range.
  • the above-mentioned uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission and the frequency range in which frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission can be called the second numerical range.
  • an information transmission method includes: a network device sends first information to a terminal device, the first information is used by the terminal device to determine a resource block index, and the first information is also used to indicate a target offset shift parameter, uplink control channel resource index, physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set; the network device receives the terminal device on the resource associated with the resource block index The uplink control information sent.
  • the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, and the first information being used by the terminal device to determine a resource block index include: the first information is used by the terminal device to determine The first resource block index corresponding to the pth hop of the uplink control information frequency hopping transmission, where p is a positive integer; and/or, the first information is used by the terminal device to determine the qth frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information The second resource block index corresponding to the jump, where the q is a positive integer.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, where the first sub-offset parameter is used to determine the first sub-offset parameter A resource block index, the second sub-offset parameter is used to determine the second resource block index.
  • the first resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • the first sub-offset parameter if the same as the second sub-offset parameter, it can be represented by a target offset parameter D; if the first sub-offset parameter and the second sub-offset parameter are not the same, and can be represented by D 1 and D 2 respectively, or if the first sub-offset parameter is represented by the target offset parameter D, the second sub-offset parameter can be expressed as in is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, where the second frequency range is less than or equal to the channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the second resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range, and the resource associated with the resource block index belongs to the first frequency range, is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, where the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the first information used to indicate the target offset parameter includes: the first information used to indicate a first position and a second position, and the first position and The second position is used to determine the target offset parameter, wherein the first position is the position where the yth resource block index in the first frequency range is located, and the second position is the resource whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range
  • the position of the block, the y, z are non-negative integers, wherein the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, and the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or
  • a piece of information includes the target offset parameter; or the first information includes a predefined parameter, and the predefined parameter is used to determine the target offset parameter; or the first information includes a predefined rule, and the predefined rule is used for Determine the target offset parameter.
  • the method before the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device determines the subcarrier spacing S corresponding to the terminal device and the uplink The symbol number L of the control channel resource satisfies the first preset condition.
  • the first preset condition may be one or more of the following conditions: 1 the minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4; 2 the minimum value of L is determined according to the S; 3 the L The value of L belongs to the first numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and there is no frequency hopping between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • Frequency tuning is required; as an example and not limitation, the first numerical range may include ⁇ 2,4,10 ⁇ .
  • the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, when the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; as an example instead of As defined, the second numerical range may include ⁇ 14 ⁇ .
  • the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range. When the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range, the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and the adjacent two hops of the frequency hopping transmission Frequency tuning is not required; as an example but not a limitation, the third value range may include 15KHz or 30KHz or 60KHz or greater than 60KHz. 6
  • the value of S belongs to the fourth numerical range.
  • the uplink control channel can be transmitted by frequency hopping, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • the fourth numerical value range may include 15KHz, or 30KHz, or 60KHz.
  • an information transmission method includes: the network device determines the number of symbols L and/or the subcarrier spacing S used by the terminal device to send uplink control information; if the L and/or the S meet at least the following One item: 1) The minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4; 2) The minimum value of L is determined according to the S; 3) The value of L belongs to the first value range, and the uplink within the first value range The control channel is not frequency-hopping for transmission, or the uplink control channel is frequency-hopping for transmission, and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of the frequency-hopping transmission; 4) The value of L belongs to the second numerical range, and the second numerical range The uplink control channel in the frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; 5) The value of the S belongs to the third value range, and the uplink control channel does not frequency hop within the third value range transmission, or frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control channel, and no frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hop
  • the network device may configure that the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device has two hops outside the second frequency range, or within the second frequency range.
  • the network device may configure the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device to be transmitted without frequency hopping, or to be transmitted with frequency hopping, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the first numerical range may be that L is less than or equal to 4.
  • the network device may configure the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device to be outside the second frequency range by two hops.
  • the second numerical range may be that L is greater than 4, or L is greater than or equal to 10.
  • the network device may configure the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device to be transmitted without frequency hopping, or to be transmitted with frequency hopping, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the third value range may be S greater than or equal to 60KHz, or S greater than 30KHz.
  • the network device may configure the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device to be outside the second frequency range by two hops.
  • the fourth numerical value range may be that S is less than or equal to 30 KHz.
  • the above 1) to 6) can be combined with each other, for example, 3) can be combined with 5), that is, when the value of L belongs to the first value range and S belongs to the third value range, the PUCCH does not hop transmission, or PUCCH frequency hopping transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between adjacent two hops of frequency hopping transmission; for example, 4) can be applied in combination with 6), that is, the value of L belongs to the second value range and S belongs to the first When the value range is four, the PUCCH can perform frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission.
  • the network device may send second information to the terminal device, and the second information may be used to indicate whether the uplink control information of the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • the second information It is used to indicate the uplink control information of the terminal equipment to perform frequency hopping transmission, and the second information can also be used to further indicate whether frequency tuning is required for the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, or the second information can also be used to further indicate the uplink
  • the control information is frequency-hopped and transmitted within the second frequency range, or the uplink control information is frequency-hopped and transmitted outside the second frequency range.
  • the network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is frequency hopping, and/or, the network device sends the fifth information to the terminal device Information, the fifth information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to hop within or outside the second frequency range, for example, the fourth information and the fifth information may be MIB, SIB1, DCI for scheduling PDSCH carrying SIB1, RRC signaling , or DCI.
  • the frequency range in which the above-mentioned uplink control channel is transmitted without frequency hopping, or the frequency range of the uplink control channel is transmitted in frequency hopping and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission can be referred to as the first frequency range.
  • the above-mentioned uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission and the frequency range in which frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission can be called the second numerical range.
  • an information transmission device which includes: a processing unit, used for a terminal device to determine a target offset parameter, an uplink control channel resource index, a physical resource block offset parameter, and an initial cyclic shift index set The number of initial cyclic shift indexes included; the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to set according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index The number of initial cyclic shift indexes included in the resource block index is determined to determine the resource block index; the transceiver unit is used for the terminal device to send uplink control information to the network device on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, and the processing unit are further configured for the terminal device to use the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the The physical resource block offset parameter and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set determine the first resource block index corresponding to the p-th hop of the uplink control information frequency hopping transmission, where p is positive Integer; and/or, the processing unit is also used for the terminal device to use the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cycle included in the initial cyclic shift index set The number of shift indexes and the first frequency range determine the second resource block index corresponding to the qth hop of the uplink control channel data frequency hopping transmission, where the q is a positive integer, and the resource associated with the resource block index belongs to the qth hop a frequency range.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter
  • the processing unit is further configured for the terminal device to A sub-offset parameter determines the first resource block index, and/or the processing unit is further used for the terminal device to determine the second resource block index according to the second sub-offset parameter.
  • the processing unit according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index set The following corresponding relationship of the number of initial cyclic shift indices included determines the first resource block index:
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • the processing unit according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index set The following correspondence relationship of the included number of initial cyclic shift indices determines the second resource block index:
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the processing unit used by the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter includes: the processing unit used by the terminal device to determine the target according to the first position and the second position Offset parameter, wherein the first position is the position of the yth resource block index in the first frequency range, the second position is the position of the resource block whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range, and the y, z is a non-negative integer, wherein the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, and the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or the transceiver unit is also used for the terminal device to
  • the network device receives the first information, and the processing unit is used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to the first information; or the processing unit is used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to predefined parameters; Or the processing unit is used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to a predefined rule.
  • the processing unit is further configured for the terminal device to send the uplink control information on resources associated with the resource block index without frequency hopping.
  • the processing unit before the processing unit is used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter, the processing unit is further used for the terminal device to determine the subcarrier corresponding to the terminal device The interval S and the symbol number L of the uplink control channel resource satisfy the first preset condition.
  • an information transmission device which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the number of symbols L and/or subcarrier spacing S used for sending uplink control information; the processing unit is also configured to determine whether the L And/or the S satisfies at least one of the following: the minimum value of the L is greater than or equal to 4; the minimum value of the L is determined according to the S; the value of the L belongs to the first numerical range, within the first numerical range
  • the uplink control channel does not have frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel does frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission; the value of the L belongs to the second numerical range, and the second numerical range Frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control channel within the frequency hopping transmission and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; the value of the S belongs to a third value range, and the uplink control channel does not frequency hop transmission within the third value range, or Frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control channel does
  • an information transmission device includes: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to send first information to a terminal device, where the first information is used for the terminal device to determine a resource block index, and the first information is also Used to indicate the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the target offset parameter, uplink control channel resource index, physical resource block offset parameter, and initial cyclic shift index set; the transceiver unit is also used for the network device to The resource associated with the resource block index receives the uplink control information sent by the terminal device.
  • the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, and the first information being used by the terminal device to determine a resource block index include: the first information is used by the terminal device to determine The first resource block index corresponding to the pth hop of the uplink control information frequency hopping transmission, where p is a positive integer; and/or, the first information is used by the terminal device to determine the qth frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information The second resource block index corresponding to the jump, where the q is a positive integer.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, where the first sub-offset parameter is used to determine the first A resource block index, the second sub-offset parameter is used to determine the second resource block index.
  • the first resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • the second resource block index, the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift The number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the index set satisfies the following correspondence:
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range, and the resource associated with the resource block index belongs to the first frequency range, is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, where the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the first information used to indicate the target offset parameter includes: the first information used to indicate the first position and the second position, the first position and the The second position is used to determine the target offset parameter, wherein the first position is the position where the yth resource block index in the first frequency range is located, and the second position is the resource whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range
  • the position of the block, the y, z are non-negative integers, wherein the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, and the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or
  • a piece of information includes the target offset parameter; or the first information includes a predefined parameter, and the predefined parameter is used to determine the target offset parameter; or the first information includes a predefined rule, and the predefined rule is used for Determine the target offset parameter.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured for the network device to receive the uplink control information sent by the terminal device without frequency hopping on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the apparatus further includes a processing unit, and before the transceiver unit is used for the network device to send the first information to the terminal device, the processing unit is used for the network The device determines that the subcarrier spacing S corresponding to the terminal device and the symbol number L of the uplink control channel resource satisfy a first preset condition.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the first aspect and the operation of the communication device in any possible implementation of the first aspect, or to implement the second aspect and the second aspect
  • the operation of the communication device in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the operation of the communication device in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect and the third aspect, or the operation of the communication device in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect The operation of the communication device in a possible implementation manner, or the fifth aspect and the operation of the communication device in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the apparatus may include corresponding means for performing the steps or functions described in any one of the foregoing aspects. This step or function can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the above-mentioned first aspect and any one of the above-mentioned
  • the method in a possible implementation manner is executed; or the method in the above second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof is executed; or the method in the above third aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners is executed; Or cause the method in the above fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof to be executed; or cause the method in the above fifth aspect and any possible implementation thereof to be executed.
  • a chip system including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes
  • a chip in a twelfth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to communicate with external devices or internal devices, and the processor is used to implement the above first aspect and any possible implementation thereof or the processor is used to implement the method in the above second aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or the processor is used to implement the method in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or The processor is configured to implement the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or the processor is configured to implement the method in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the chip may further include a memory, where instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or instructions derived from other instructions.
  • the processor is used to implement the method in the above first aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or the processor is used to implement the method in the above second aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or The processor is used to implement the method in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or the processor is used to implement the method in the above fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof; or the processor is used to implement the above fifth aspect and methods in any of its possible implementations.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), when the computer program is executed, it causes the computer to perform the above-mentioned first aspect and any other aspects thereof.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or an instruction
  • a communication device including a processor, and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect to The fifth aspect and the communication method in any possible implementation manner corresponding to each aspect.
  • the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • a communication device including a communication interface, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the communication interface to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes any tasks corresponding to the first aspect to the fifth aspect and each aspect.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a system, which includes a terminal device and a network device corresponding to the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic flow chart of a contention-based random access process.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of physical uplink control channel resources used by a terminal device to feed back a contention resolution message.
  • FIG. 4 is a comparison diagram of resource locations of physical uplink control channels corresponding to two terminal devices with different capabilities.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an information transmission method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system or New Radio (New Radio, NR), etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to signal transmission scenarios, such as signal transmission between network equipment and terminal equipment, signal transmission between network equipment and network equipment, and signal transmission between terminal equipment (such as reducing Signal transmission between a capable terminal and an eMBB terminal, or signal transmission between a reduced-capability terminal and a reduced-capability terminal), communication between the Internet of Vehicles, the Internet of Things, the Industrial Internet, and satellite communications, etc., are not limited in this application.
  • signal transmission scenarios such as signal transmission between network equipment and terminal equipment, signal transmission between network equipment and network equipment, and signal transmission between terminal equipment (such as reducing Signal transmission between a capable terminal and an eMBB terminal, or signal transmission between a reduced-capability terminal and a reduced-capability terminal), communication between the Internet of Vehicles, the Internet of Things, the Industrial Internet, and satellite communications, etc.
  • communication between a terminal device and a network device will be used as an example for illustration.
  • the system architecture includes a terminal device and a base station (or called an access network), where terminal devices take terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 as examples.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station), mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, terminal equipment, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal subscriber unit (subscriber unit)
  • subscriber station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal terminal, mobile equipment, terminal equipment, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications, terminal devices in 5G networks or future communication networks, etc., the embodiments of this application do not limited.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals
  • the terminal equipment in this application can be divided into a first type of terminal equipment and a second type of terminal equipment, the first type of terminal equipment is, for example, a low complexity UE (reduced capability UE, REDCAP UE), and the second type of terminal equipment
  • the terminal device may be a legacy UE, such as an eMBB UE.
  • the characteristics of the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment are different, and the characteristics include one or more of the following: bandwidth, the number of supported or configured resources, the number of transmitting antenna ports and/or the number of receiving antenna ports, and the number of radio frequency channels , hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request, HARQ) process number, supported peak rate, application scenario, delay requirement, processing capability, protocol version, duplex mode, service, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • Bandwidth, or channel bandwidth, or the maximum channel bandwidth supported or configured by the terminal device The bandwidth of the first-type terminal device and the second-type terminal device are different, for example, the bandwidth of the first-type terminal device may be 20 MHz or 10 MHz or 5 MHz, and the bandwidth of the second-type terminal device may be 100 MHz. It can be understood that with the development of communication technologies, the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment may no longer be 20MHz, 10MHz, or 5MHz, but may evolve into wider or narrower bandwidths such as 3MHz, 25MHz, and 50MHz.
  • the number of resources supported or configured may be resource block (resource block, RB), time-frequency resource unit (resource element, RE), subcarrier, RB group, resource element group bundle unit (resource element group bundle, REG bundle), control channel elements, subframes, radio frames, slots, mini-slots and/or number of symbols.
  • the number of resources supported or configured by the first-type terminal device and the second-type terminal device are different, for example: the number of resources supported by the first-type terminal device is 48 RB, and the number of resources supported by the second-type terminal device is 96 RB.
  • Number of transmit antenna ports and/or number of receive antenna ports The number of transmitting antenna ports and/or the number of receiving antenna ports of the first type of terminal equipment is different from that of the second type of terminal equipment, for example: the number of transmitting antenna ports of the first type of terminal equipment may be 1, and the number of receiving antenna ports may be 2, The number of transmitting antenna ports of the second type terminal device may be 2, and the number of receiving antenna ports may be 4.
  • the number of radio frequency channels of the first type of terminal equipment is different from that of the second type of terminal equipment.
  • the number of radio frequency channels of the first type of terminal equipment can be 1, and the number of radio frequency channels of the second type of terminal equipment can be 2.
  • the number of HARQ processes supported by the first type terminal device is different from that of the second type terminal device.
  • the number of HARQ processes supported by the first type terminal device may be 8, and the number of HARQ processes supported by the second type terminal device may be 16.
  • the maximum peak rate of the first-type terminal device and the second-type terminal device are different.
  • the maximum peak rate supported by the first-type terminal device may be 100 Mbps
  • the peak rate supported by the second-type terminal device may be 200 Mbps.
  • the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment serve different application scenarios, for example: the first type of terminal equipment is used in industrial wireless sensing, video surveillance, wearable devices, etc., and the second type of terminal equipment is used in mobile communication , video online, etc.
  • the first type of terminal device and the second type of terminal device have different requirements on transmission delay, for example, the delay requirement of the first type of terminal device may be 500 milliseconds, and the delay requirement of the second type of terminal device may be 100 milliseconds.
  • the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment have different processing speeds for channel or data processing timing under different subcarrier space (subcarrier space, SCS) conditions, for example: the first type of terminal equipment does not support complex Operation, the complex operation may include: artificial intelligence (artificial intelligence, AI), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) rendering, the second type of terminal device supports complex operations, or it can be understood as the processing of the first type of terminal device Capabilities are lower than the second type of terminal equipment.
  • subcarrier space subcarrier space
  • the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment belong to terminal equipment of different protocol versions.
  • the protocol version supported by the first type of terminal equipment is Release 17 and the protocol version after Release 17, and the protocol version supported by the second type of terminal equipment It is a protocol version before Release 17, such as Release 15 or Release 16.
  • a duplex mode includes half duplex and full duplex.
  • the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment adopt different duplex modes, for example: the first type of terminal equipment works in half-duplex mode, and the second type of terminal equipment works in full-duplex mode.
  • Services including but not limited to IoT applications, such as video surveillance, mobile broadband (MBB) and so on.
  • the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment support different services, for example: the service supported by the first type of terminal equipment is video surveillance, and the service supported by the second type of terminal equipment is mobile broadband MBB.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the first terminal device or terminal device #1 in this application may be an example of the first type of terminal device, and the second terminal device or terminal device #2 may be an example of the second type of terminal device.
  • the first frequency range in this application is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment
  • the second frequency range in this application is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment bandwidth
  • the third frequency range in this application is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal equipment
  • the first frequency range and the second frequency range correspond to the first type of terminal equipment
  • the third frequency The range corresponds to the second type of terminal equipment.
  • the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the resource used by the first type of terminal equipment in the first frequency range to send uplink control information
  • the second frequency domain resource corresponds to the resource used by the first type of terminal equipment in the second frequency range to send
  • the third frequency domain resource corresponds to the resource used by the terminal device of the second type in the third frequency range for sending the uplink control information.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is used to communicate with the terminal device, and may be a wireless base station in the network, or may be a network element of a radio access network (RAN), responsible for all functions related to the air interface.
  • the functions of the base station include: wireless link maintenance function, which maintains the wireless link with the terminal, and is responsible for the protocol conversion of wireless link data and Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) data quality supervision; wireless resource management function, including wireless link Route establishment and release, wireless resource scheduling and allocation, etc.; some mobility management functions, including configuring terminals for measurement, evaluating terminal wireless link quality, and making decisions about terminal handover between cells.
  • the network device can be an evolved base station (evoled nodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, a base station (gNodeB, gNB) in the 5G network, or a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario wireless controller, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle equipment, satellite, wearable device, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center And device-to-device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X), machine-to-machine (machine-to-machine, M2M) communication, Internet of Things (Internet of Things) communication
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to devices and the like that undertake base station functions, or base stations in future evolved networks such as 6G.
  • the International Telecommunication Union defines three application scenarios for 5G and future mobile communication systems: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra reliable and low latency communication (ultra reliable and low latency) communications, URLLC) and massive machine type communications (mMTC).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • ultra reliable and low latency communication ultra reliable and low latency communications
  • URLLC ultra reliable and low latency communications
  • massive machine type communications massive machine type communications
  • typical eMBB services include: ultra-high-definition video, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR;
  • typical URLLC services include: wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, driverless cars and Motion control of unmanned aircraft and tactile interaction applications such as remote repair and remote surgery;
  • typical mMTC services include: wearable, sensing, video surveillance, smart grid power distribution automation, smart city, etc., and its main feature is networked
  • the number of mMTC terminal devices is huge, the amount of transmitted data is small, and the data does not have a high requirement for low transmission delay.
  • mMTC terminal devices need to meet the requirements of low cost and long standby time.
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the capabilities of terminal devices for different application scenarios may be different, and the requirements of terminal devices with different capabilities for mobile communication systems are also different, which can be expressed as the maximum channel bandwidth supported by terminal devices with different capabilities.
  • the maximum channel bandwidth supported by terminal devices with different capabilities is 100MHz, while for terminal equipment with reduced capabilities, in order to reduce the complexity and cost of the terminal equipment, it supports
  • the maximum channel bandwidth can be 5MHz, or 10MHz, or 20MHz, or 40MHz.
  • terminal devices with different capabilities may coexist in the same communication system. However, due to the different maximum channel bandwidths supported by terminal devices with different capabilities, it may lead to resource fragmentation. It can be understood that terminal devices with a smaller maximum channel bandwidth It may or may cause the frequency domain resources of the terminal equipment with a large maximum channel bandwidth to be split into several smaller frequency domain resources. Allocating resources for terminal equipment has great restrictions on the scheduling of network equipment, which will lead to a decrease in the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the physical uplink control channel used by the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) for the contention resolution message (ie, the following Msg4) will be sent to the network device during the random access process of the terminal device channel, PUCCH) resource as an example to further introduce the technical issues involved in this application.
  • Random access is a necessary process for establishing a wireless link between the terminal device and the network. Only after the random access is completed, can normal data interoperability (normal DL/UL transmission) be performed between the network device and the terminal device.
  • Terminal equipment can realize two basic functions through random access: 1 Establish uplink synchronization to realize uplink synchronization with network equipment. 2 Establish a unique terminal identifier, that is, cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), and request network equipment to allocate uplink resources.
  • C-RNTI cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • the random access process includes two modes: contention-based random access and contention-free random access.
  • the UE randomly selects a random access preamble (preamble) to initiate a random access process to the network device side, so if multiple UEs use the same preamble to initiate random access at the same time
  • the contention-free random access process means that the UE uses a specific access preamble provided by the network device when accessing, so that it will not interfere with other UEs. conflicts to ensure the success rate of access.
  • the random access process 100 of the terminal device is firstly introduced.
  • the terminal device initiates a random access request to the network device in preconfigured random access channel opportunity (RACH occasion, RO) resources, the random access request includes a first random access preamble (preamble), or It becomes the message 1 of the random access procedure, that is, Msg1.
  • RACH occasion RO
  • preamble a first random access preamble
  • Msg1 the message 1 of the random access procedure
  • the random access process also includes: the terminal device receives the broadcast message of the network device, and randomly selects a random access code from several random access preambles in the broadcast message.
  • the preamble is used as the above-mentioned first random access preamble.
  • step S104 there may be multiple terminal devices sending random access requests in the same RO resource, and these terminal devices can be distinguished according to different preambles. However, due to the limited number of preambles in the above broadcast message, there are also multiple UEs that select the same If there is a possibility of preamble, this problem can be solved in step S104.
  • the network device sends a random access response (random access response, RAR) (may be called message 2, Msg2) to the terminal device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the random access response includes uplink grant (uplink grant, UL grant) information, and the uplink grant information is used to instruct the terminal device to send resources for Msg3.
  • the terminal device sends a message 3 (may be referred to as Msg3) to the network device according to the resources indicated by the uplink scheduling information.
  • Msg3 a message 3 (may be referred to as Msg3)
  • the network device sends a contention resolution (contention resolution) message (may be called new message 4, Msg4) to the terminal device.
  • a contention resolution (contention resolution) message may be called new message 4, Msg4
  • the network device Since the preambles selected by different terminal devices may conflict, there is a situation that multiple terminal devices select the same preamble, and the network device indicates the terminal device that has successfully accessed in this step.
  • the terminal device performs HARQ feedback on the PUCCH resource for the received Msg4.
  • the PUCCH resource used by the terminal device to feed back Msg4 is further introduced.
  • the terminal equipment in the NR system usually transmits information in the bandwidth part (BWP) (refer to Figure 3).
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • the terminal equipment needs to transmit information by frequency hopping within a time slot its The PUCCH resources used by frequency hopping are usually located at both ends of the BWP, and the resources corresponding to the PUCCH resources used by the frequency hopping are continuous in time domain and discontinuous in frequency.
  • the PUCCH resource used by the terminal device to feed back the Msg4 may perform frequency hopping, wherein the selectable time-frequency resource positions of the first hop and the second hop may be predefined.
  • Table 1 below shows a possible resource position of the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH resource.
  • the index in the first column is used to indicate the resource set of PUCCH
  • the number of symbols in the fourth column represents the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH resource set in the time domain, which can be recorded as L
  • the physical resource block offset in the fifth column represents the number of symbols in the time domain.
  • the physical resource block offset parameter corresponding to the PUCCH resource set in the frequency domain can be written as
  • the sixth column of initial cyclic shift represents the initial cyclic shift index set corresponding to the PUCCH resource set in the frequency domain.
  • the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set can be recorded as N CS , is the number of resource blocks RB included in the BWP.
  • Figure 3 shows the time-frequency distribution of PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource set whose index is 0 in Table 1 (only 8 PUCCH resources are shown in Figure 3, and each PUCCH resource includes the RB corresponding to the first hop and the RB corresponding to the first hop The RBs corresponding to the second hop, the RBs corresponding to the two hops are respectively located at both ends of the BWP).
  • the first row in Table 1 corresponds to the PUCCH resource set with an index of 0.
  • the PUCCH resource set contains 16 PUCCH resources.
  • the PUCCH format is 0, which means that the PUCCH format corresponding to the PUCCH resource set is PUCCH format 0; in the time domain,
  • the start symbol is 12 means that the start symbol corresponding to the PUCCH resource set is the 12th symbol, and the number of symbols occupied by the PUCCH resource set is 2 symbols. It can be understood that the PUCCH resource set occupies the 12th symbol and the 13th symbol.
  • a PRB offset of 0 refers to the RB of the resource block where the first PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set is located relative to the boundary of the BWP (that is, the resource whose index is 0 in Figure 3 block) has an offset of 0.
  • the initial cyclic shift is ⁇ 0, 3 ⁇ means that the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set is 2, which means that the two PUCCH resources can use the initial cyclic shift 0 and the initial cyclic shift respectively 3 to ensure the orthogonality, the two PUCCH resources use different cyclic shifts to prevent interference, one of the PUCCH resources uses a cyclic shift of 0, and the other PUCCH resource uses a cyclic shift of 3.
  • the 16 PUCCH resources are respectively distributed at both ends of the BWP, and 8 PUCCH resources are distributed at each end.
  • SIB system information block
  • the resource corresponding to the first hop used by the terminal device to feed back Msg4 and the index of the RB where the resource corresponding to the second hop are located may be calculated in the following manner.
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the first hop of the PUCCH within the BWP range (can be recorded as X 1 ) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the second hop of the PUCCH (may be recorded as X 2 ) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the first hop of the PUCCH (can be written as X 1 ) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the second hop of the PUCCH (may be recorded as X 2 ) is:
  • the number of resource blocks RB included in the BWP working for the terminal device is the physical resource block offset parameter corresponding to the PUCCH resource set in the frequency domain
  • r PUCCH is the index value of the PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set
  • N CS is the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) means that the result of r PUCCH /8 is rounded down
  • the index corresponding to the PUCCH resource set is 0
  • the PUCCH where r PUCCH is 0 The index of the RB where the second hop of the resource is located is
  • terminal device #1 The resources used by the above-mentioned terminal device (hereinafter referred to as terminal device #1) to hop to send the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH will lead to fragmentation of frequency resources and resource fragmentation from the perspective of network devices.
  • Figure 4 shows the resource locations of terminals with two different capabilities, where terminal equipment #1 may be a reduced capability user equipment (reduced capability user equipment, RedCap UE), and terminal equipment #2 may be an eMBB terminal equipment, where the eMBB terminal
  • the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by RedCap UE. If the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH resource used by the RedCap UE for the HARQ feedback of Msg4 are located within the BWP range of the eMBB terminal device, the frequency domain resources that the eMBB terminal device can use will be divided into the arrows in Figure 4 There are three segments of resources, and there is a problem of resource fragmentation.
  • the network device can only allocate resources in these three scattered frequency domain resources (namely, frequency domain resource #1, frequency domain resource #2 and frequency domain resource #1).
  • Resource #3 Allocating resources for eMBB terminal devices has relatively large restrictions on the scheduling of network devices, resulting in a decrease in the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • RedCap UE its uplink transmission needs to be sent within the bandwidth of the initial UL BWP configured for the RedCap UE (or within the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE), and the corresponding RedCap UE pair
  • the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH resource used by the HARQ feedback of Msg4 are also sent in the initial UL BWP.
  • the embodiment of the present application uses the terminal device with reduced capability and the eMBB terminal device as examples for illustration, and the embodiment of the present application also uses the frequency hopping used in the HARQ feedback of Msg4 sent by the network device during the random access process of the terminal device
  • the PUCCH resource of the terminal equipment is used as an example to explain, and this application should not be limited in any way.
  • the present application proposes a communication method, which can re-determine the PUCCH resource used by terminal device #1 and avoid resource fragmentation of terminal device #2.
  • the re-determined PUCCH resource used by terminal device #1 is located in a first frequency range, and the first frequency range is greater than the BWP of the terminal device #1 (or greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device #1),
  • the re-determined PUCCH resource used by terminal device #1 may be located at both ends of the carrier, or may be adjacent to the PUCCH resource of terminal device #2 (which can be understood as the PUCCH resource used by terminal device #2 to send uplink control information)
  • the resources are adjacent in frequency, for example, the resource block where the PUCCH resource of terminal device #1 is located and the resource block where the PUCCH resource of terminal device #2 is located are adjacent resource blocks in frequency).
  • the terminal device in the following method 200 refers to the above-mentioned terminal device #1.
  • the terminal device determines a target offset parameter, an uplink control channel resource index, a physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indices contained in an initial cyclic shift index set.
  • the terminal device may determine one or more of the following parameters according to the first configuration information: the above target offset parameter, uplink control channel resource index, physical resource block offset parameter, and initial The number of initial cyclic shift indexes included in the cyclic shift index set, the first configuration information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the method of determining the target offset parameter includes but is not limited to the following: 1
  • the terminal device determines the target offset parameter according to the first location and the second location, where the first location is the first frequency
  • the position of the yth resource block index of the range, the second position is the position of the resource block whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range, the y, z are non-negative integers, wherein the first frequency range is greater than the The maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device according to the first information to determine the target offset parameter the first information is received by the terminal device from the network device, for example, the first information is a master information block (master information block, MIB), or a system information block 1 (system information block 1, SIB1), or the field in SIB1, or the downlink control information for scheduling the PDSCH carrying SIB1, or the field in the DCI for scheduling the PDSCH carrying SIB1;
  • the target offset parameter is a predefined parameter, such as a terminal device The target offset parameter is determined in a predefined manner, and the target offset parameter can be a predefined value;
  • the terminal device (which may be referred to as terminal device #1) determines the target offset parameter according to a predefined rule, for example, according to other
  • the frequency position (an example of a predefined rule) occupied by the PUCCH resource set configured by the terminal device with resource conflict may be referred to as terminal device #2
  • the terminal device determines the uplink control channel transmission according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes included in the initial cyclic shift index set.
  • the target offset parameter can be used to respectively determine the first resource block index corresponding to the p-th hop and the second resource block index corresponding to the q-th hop of the frequency-hopping transmission , where p and q are positive integers, in other words, the target offset parameter can be used to respectively determine the frequency positions corresponding to the p-th hop and the q-th hop of the frequency-hopping transmission.
  • the target offset parameter may include a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter, wherein the first sub-offset parameter is used to determine the The first resource block index, and the second sub-offset parameter is used to determine the second resource block index.
  • the terminal device determines the second Resource block index (denoted as X 2 ):
  • X 1 is the first resource block index
  • X 2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • D2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the terminal device determines the second Resource block index (denoted as X 2 ):
  • X 1 is the first resource block index
  • X 2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • D2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the terminal device may first determine the subcarrier spacing (may be denoted as S) and the number of symbols of the uplink control channel resource (may be denoted as L) corresponding to the first terminal device. ) satisfy the first preset condition.
  • the first preset condition may be one or more of the following conditions:
  • L The minimum value of L is greater than or equal to 4.
  • the value of L belongs to the first value range, and the uplink control channel does not use frequency hopping transmission within the first value range, or the uplink control channel does frequency hopping transmission, and no frequency is required between adjacent two hops of frequency hopping transmission tuning;
  • the first numerical range may include ⁇ 2, 4, 10 ⁇ .
  • the value of L belongs to the second value range, the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission within the second value range, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission;
  • the second numerical range may include ⁇ 14 ⁇ .
  • the value of S belongs to the third value range, within the third value range, the uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel performs frequency hopping transmission, and no frequency is required between adjacent two hops of frequency hopping transmission tuning;
  • the third numerical range may include 15KHz or 30KHz or 60KHz or greater than 60KHz.
  • the value of S belongs to the fourth numerical range, and within the fourth numerical range, the uplink control channel can perform frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • the fourth numerical value range may include 15KHz, or 30KHz, or 60KHz.
  • the terminal device sends uplink control information on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the terminal device may send the uplink control information on the resource associated with the resource block index without frequency hopping, or may send the uplink control information on the resource associated with the resource block index with frequency hopping, or may send the uplink control information on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the uplink control information is repeatedly sent on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • This information transmission method can be understood as, terminal device #1 (such as redcap UE) according to the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, the second frequency range (the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum The number of resource blocks included in the channel bandwidth) and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set determine that the resource #a (corresponding to the second frequency domain resource) used to send uplink control information is located in the second Within the frequency range, or the resource #a is located within the BWP of the terminal device #1, or the resource #a is located within the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device #1, the resource #a will cause the terminal device #2 to be available resources (corresponding to the third frequency range) are fragmented, here resource #a can be determined in accordance with the above formula 1-4, and will not be repeated here; on this basis, terminal device #1 first determines the first frequency range and The first offset parameter (can be denoted as Z 1 ), and then according to the offset parameter, the number of resource blocks included in the first
  • the first offset parameter in this embodiment may be understood as the above-mentioned target offset parameter.
  • the above-mentioned first offset parameter can be understood as the position (corresponding to the first position) of the 0th resource block index of the first frequency range (that is, the starting RB of the first frequency range) to the second frequency range
  • the first offset parameter may be in units of RB.
  • the first offset parameter can be a positive value or a negative value, and the positive value and the negative value respectively correspond to different directions of the first offset parameter.
  • a positive value may represent an offset toward an increase in the RB index, that is, the starting RB of the second frequency range is greater than that of the first frequency range;
  • a negative value may represent an offset toward a decreasing direction of the RB index , that is, the start RB of the second frequency range is smaller than the start RB of the first frequency range;
  • 0 may indicate that the position of the start RB of the first frequency range is aligned with the position of the start RB of the second frequency range.
  • the above-mentioned first offset parameter can also be understood as the position (corresponding to the second position) of the 0th resource block index of the second frequency range (that is, the starting RB of the second frequency range) to the first frequency
  • the first offset parameter may be in units of RB .
  • the first offset parameter can be a positive value or a negative value, and the positive value and the negative value respectively correspond to different directions of the first offset parameter.
  • a positive value may indicate an offset toward an increase in the RB index, that is, the starting RB of the second frequency range is smaller than that of the first frequency range;
  • a negative value may indicate an offset toward a decreasing direction of the RB index , that is, the start RB of the second frequency range is greater than the start RB of the first frequency range;
  • 0 may indicate that the position of the start RB of the first frequency range is aligned with the position of the start RB of the second frequency range.
  • the first frequency range may be the carrier, or the BWP of terminal device #2, or any bandwidth within the carrier range that is greater than the second frequency range, or any frequency with a bandwidth greater than the second frequency range
  • the range (an arbitrary bandwidth larger than the BWP of the second frequency range) is not limited in this application, as long as it can be ensured that the resource #b is located outside the second frequency range.
  • the resource #b is the resource used by the terminal device #1 to transmit (or send) the uplink control information by frequency hopping, and at this time, the resource corresponding to the first hop for sending the uplink control information can be The resource corresponding to the second hop sending the uplink control information is recorded as resource #b2.
  • the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 are located in the first frequency range.
  • the resource #b1 resource #b1 and resource #b2 are respectively located at two ends of the carrier, or the resource #b1 and resource #b2 are respectively adjacent to the PUCCH resource of terminal device #2.
  • the resource #a of the frequency hopping scenario is also divided into resource #a1 and resource #a2.
  • the network device may instruct terminal device #1 to determine the above-mentioned relevant parameters of resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2), wherein, Ways to determine the first offset parameter include but are not limited to the following:
  • the network device directly configures the first offset parameter Z 1 for the terminal device #1 ;
  • the network device configures the first frequency range for terminal device #1, and terminal device #1 uses the starting RB of the first frequency range (corresponding to the first position) and the starting RB of the second frequency range (corresponding to the second position) corresponding) to obtain the first offset parameter Z 1 .
  • the network device may carry configuration information related to the first offset parameter or the first frequency range in the above manner in the SIB1 or the downlink control information scheduling the PDSCH carrying the SIB1.
  • terminal device #1 may determine resource #b1 and resource #b2 in the following manner: terminal device #1 first determines resource # within the second frequency range For the positions of a1 and resource #a2, you can refer to formula 1-4 here, and will not repeat them here; terminal device # 1 determines the offset parameter D1 between resource #a1 and resource #b1 according to the first offset parameter (with Corresponding to the first sub-offset), and an offset parameter D 2 (corresponding to the second sub-offset) between resource #a2 and resource #b2, for example, the D 1 may be the first offset parameter, The D2 may be determined according to the first offset parameter and the number of RBs included in the first frequency range.
  • Figure 6 shows three scenarios (a), (b) and (c) in which terminal device #1 of this application determines the resource #b1 and resource #b2, and each scenario corresponds to a different terminal device #1 (such as RedCap).
  • the frequency position relationship between the second frequency range (such as BWP) of the UE) and the first frequency range, in the above three scenarios, the frequency resource positions corresponding to the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 can be determined in the following manner.
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range (that is, the first resource block index) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the resource #b2 in the first frequency range (that is, the second resource block index) X 2 is:
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range (that is, the first resource block index) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to the resource #b2 in the first frequency range (that is, the second resource block index) X 2 is:
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range, is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, is the physical resource block offset parameter
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D 1 is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes used to determine the first resource
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • Z 1 is the first offset parameter
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) represents the pair
  • the result of r PUCCH /8 is rounded down, Indicates that the result of (r PUCCH -8)/N CS is rounded down.
  • the frequency positions of the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 are associated with the total number of RBs in the first frequency range and the first offset parameter.
  • the information transmission method may further include: the network device determines the resource corresponding to the terminal device #1 #a (or resource #a1 and resource #a2) does not meet the preset condition #1, and the preset condition #1 is used to determine whether the resource #a (or resource #a1 and resource #a2) corresponding to the terminal device #1 is It will cause fragmentation of available resources of other terminal devices (such as terminal device #1).
  • the above preset condition #1 may be that resource #a (or resource #a1 and resource #a2) corresponding to terminal device #1 is located at If the preset condition #1 is not satisfied in the BWP of the terminal device #2, it can be understood that the BWPs of the terminal device #1 and the terminal device #2 do not overlap in frequency, that is, there is no resource fragmentation problem.
  • terminal device #1 may determine resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2) located outside the second frequency range according to the first offset parameter and the first frequency range for sending uplink control Information, the resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2) is located in the first frequency range, and the resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2) can be located at both ends of the carrier or transmitted with terminal device #2
  • the resources of the uplink control information are adjacent to each other, thereby avoiding resource fragmentation.
  • terminal device #1 may not first determine resource #a (or resource #a1 and resource #a2), and does not need to determine the above-mentioned offset parameter D 1 and offset parameter D 2 , but only needs to
  • the resource #b is determined according to the first frequency range, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index number contained in the initial cyclic shift index set, and the resource #b is located in the first Within the frequency range, while the resource #b is located outside the above second frequency range, the frequency hopping gain of the PUCCH transmission is improved, the restriction on the resource allocation of the terminal device #2 is reduced, and resource fragmentation is reduced, from The network device perspective increases the flexibility of resources available to terminal device #2.
  • the terminal device #1 determines the frequency resource positions corresponding to the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 in the following manner.
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB corresponding to the resource #b2 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB where the second hop of the PUCCH is located is:
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) represents the pair r
  • the result of PUCCH /8 is rounded down, Indicates that the result of (r PUCCH -8)/N CS is rounded down.
  • the same RB index can be used to indicate different frequency domain resources, for example, the resource with RB index 0 in the first frequency range and the RB in the second frequency domain range Resources with an index of 0 correspond to different frequency domain ranges.
  • Resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2) determined according to the above embodiments of the present application can avoid resource fragmentation problems from the perspective of network equipment, but there may also be resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2)
  • the network device can further configure the resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b1 and resource #b1) for the terminal device #1 #b2) offset parameter (can be recorded as the second offset parameter N_offset)
  • terminal device #1 can further adjust the frequency position of the PUCCH according to the second offset parameter, to avoid the above resource conflict, for example, through the second offset parameter
  • the second offset parameter configures the PUCCH resource of terminal device #1 to
  • the second offset parameter may take RB as a unit.
  • the second offset parameter may be a positive value or a negative value, and the positive value and the negative value respectively correspond to different directions of the second offset parameter.
  • a positive value may represent an offset toward an increase in the RB index, that is, the starting RB of the second frequency range is greater than that of the first frequency range
  • a negative value may represent an offset toward a decreasing direction of the RB index , that is, the start RB of the second frequency range is smaller than the start RB of the first frequency range
  • 0 may indicate that the position of the start RB of the first frequency range is aligned with the position of the start RB of the second frequency range.
  • a positive value may indicate an offset toward an increase in the RB index, that is, the starting RB of the second frequency range is smaller than that of the first frequency range;
  • a negative value may indicate an offset toward a decreasing direction of the RB index , that is, the start RB of the second frequency range is greater than the start RB of the first frequency range;
  • 0 may indicate that the position of the start RB of the first frequency range is aligned with the position of the start RB of the second frequency range.
  • the above-mentioned second offset parameter may be understood as a target offset parameter, which means that the first sub-offset parameter is the same as the second self-offset parameter.
  • the positions of resource #b1 and resource #b2 can be adjusted through the second offset parameter (N_offset), and the adjusted resource #b1 and resource #b2 are respectively recorded as resources #b11 with resource #b22.
  • the terminal device #1 determines the frequency resource positions corresponding to the resource #b11 and the resource #b22 in the following manner.
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b11 is:
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b11 is:
  • the above-mentioned target offset parameter can be understood as including the second offset parameter.
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b11 is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB corresponding to the resource #b22 (that is, the second resource block index) is:
  • the index of the RB corresponding to resource #b11 (ie, the first resource block index) X 1 is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB corresponding to the resource #b22 (that is, the second resource block index) is:
  • N_offset is the second offset parameter
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range, is the number of resource blocks included in the second frequency range, is the physical resource block offset parameter
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • Z 1 is the first offset parameter
  • floor (r PUCCH /8) means that the result of r PUCCH /8 is rounded down
  • the above-mentioned target offset parameter can be understood as including the first offset parameter and the second offset parameter.
  • the way for terminal device #1 to determine the second offset parameter may include the following ways:
  • the terminal device determines the second offset parameter by receiving the third information of the network device.
  • the third information may be SIB1, or a field in SIB1, or a DCI for scheduling a PDSCH carrying SIB1, or a scheduling bearer
  • the terminal device determines the second offset parameter in a predefined manner, for example, the second offset parameter can be a predefined value, an integer multiple of 2, or an integer multiple of 3, or an integer multiple of 4, and the unit can be RB;
  • the terminal device determines the second offset parameter according to a predefined rule, for example, determines the second offset parameter according to the frequency position occupied by the PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal device #2 (an example of a predefined rule), so that the terminal The frequency domain resource of the PUCCH of device #1 is a frequency position adjacent to the frequency domain resource of the PUCCH of terminal device #2.
  • terminal device #1 may determine resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b2) for sending uplink control information according to the first frequency range, and the resource #b (or resource #b1 and resource #b1 and resource #b2) is located in the first frequency range, and the resource #b (or the resource #b1 and the resource #b2) can avoid fragmentation of frequency domain resources available to the terminal device #2.
  • terminal device #1 may further determine a second offset parameter, and determine resource #b11 and resource #b22 according to the second offset parameter, so as to avoid conflict with the frequency resource of the PUCCH of terminal device #2, For example, it is possible to avoid the conflict between the frequency resource for sending Msg4 by terminal device #1 and the frequency resource for sending Msg4 by terminal device #2.
  • the frequency resource of the PUCCH of the terminal device #1 and the frequency resource of the PUCCH of the terminal device #2 may be adjacent in the frequency domain through the second offset parameter.
  • the network device configures an offset parameter for one of the frequency domain resources of the PUCCH of terminal device #1, and the frequency domain resource of the PUCCH of terminal device #1 Another hopping frequency domain resource of the domain resource is determined by the terminal device #1 according to the offset parameter.
  • the network device may also configure offset parameters for the two hop frequency domain resources of the PUCCH of terminal device #1 respectively.
  • the offset parameter corresponding to the first frequency hop resource is called is the third offset parameter (may be denoted as RB_offset1)
  • the offset parameter corresponding to the second frequency hopping domain resource is denoted as the fourth offset parameter (may be denoted as RB_offset2).
  • the aforementioned target offset parameters include the third offset parameter (corresponding to the first sub-offset parameter) and the fourth offset parameter (corresponding to the second sub-offset parameter).
  • terminal device #1 determines the positions of resource #b1 and resource #b2 according to the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter configured by the network device, specifically, terminal device #1
  • the resource #b1 corresponding to the first hop of the PUCCH of the terminal device #1 determines the frequency position according to the third offset parameter
  • the resource #b2 corresponding to the second hop of the PUCCH of the terminal device #1 determines the frequency position according to the fourth offset parameter, thereby preventing the terminal device from Resource fragmentation for #2.
  • the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 may be located outside the range of the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device #2, or the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 may be located at both ends of the range of the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device #2 .
  • the terminal device #1 determines the frequency resource positions corresponding to the resource #b1 and the resource #b2 in the following manner.
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB corresponding to the resource #b2 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 1 of the RB corresponding to resource #b1 in the first frequency range is:
  • the index X 2 of the RB where the second hop of the PUCCH is located is:
  • N_offset1 is the third offset parameter
  • N_offset2 is the fourth offset parameter
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • floor(r PUCCH /8) represents the pair r
  • the result of PUCCH /8 is rounded down, Indicates that the result of (r PUCCH -8)/N CS is rounded down.
  • the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter can be positive or negative values, and the positive and negative values correspond to different moving directions in the frequency domain.
  • a large direction offset may represent an offset to a direction in which the RB index decreases.
  • the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter may use RB as a unit.
  • the ranges of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter are related to the first frequency range, for example, if the first frequency range is a carrier, the unit of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter Taking RB as an example, the range of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter is an integer ranging from 0 to 274.
  • the configuration of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter is associated with the uplink control channel configuration information PUCCH-ConfigCommon, and each PUCCH resource set corresponds to a set of third offset parameters and fourth offset parameters.
  • the configuration of shifting parameters, the possible structures include at least the following:
  • the configuration of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter is associated with the configuration of the PUCCH resource set, and each resource set corresponds to a group of configurations of the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter, Possible associations are as follows:
  • the network device can indicate the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter, and the network device can flexibly adjust the first hop of the PUCCH of terminal device #1 through the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter and the frequency position of the second hop (ie resource #b1 and resource #b2).
  • terminal device #1 can respectively determine the frequency domain positions of resource #b1 and resource #b2 in the frequency hopping scenario according to the third offset parameter and the fourth offset parameter, thereby avoiding fragmentation of frequency domain resources available to terminal device #2 change.
  • the first frequency hopping domain resources and/or the second frequency hopping domain resources of the PUCCH resources of the terminal equipment #1 in this application are located outside the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal equipment #1 (that is, outside the BWP) , so terminal device #1 needs to perform frequency retuning to transmit the first hop of PUCCH and/or the second hop of PUCCH.
  • the retuning time interval between the first frequency hopping domain resource and the second frequency hopping domain resource of the PUCCH resource of terminal device #1 (for example, the retuning time is 140 microseconds), which may cause the need to occupy the first hop
  • Frequency tuning of PUCCH resources and/or multiple symbols of the second-hop PUCCH resources will cause the degradation of the transmission performance of terminal device #1.
  • the orthogonality of PUCCH resources will also be destroyed, which may cause interference to other terminal devices. .
  • the terminal device #1 supports the terminal The frequency hopping outside the BWP where the device #1 works, or in other words, the terminal device #1 only performs frequency hopping within the BWP where the terminal device #1 works.
  • the determination of whether the above-mentioned subcarrier spacing S and PUCCH length L satisfies the preset condition #2 can be judged by the network device side, or by the terminal device side (such as terminal device #1). This is not limited.
  • the above preset condition #2 may be: L and/or S satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the value of L belongs to the first numerical range, the PUCCH does not frequency-hop transmission, or the PUCCH frequency-hopping transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency-hopping transmission;
  • the value of L belongs to the second value range, PUCCH frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission;
  • the value of S belongs to the third numerical range, PUCCH does not frequency-hop transmission, or PUCCH frequency-hopping transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between adjacent two hops of frequency-hopping transmission;
  • the value of S belongs to the fourth value range, the PUCCH can be transmitted by frequency hopping, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is outside the second frequency range for two hops.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is two hops outside the second frequency range.
  • the two hops of the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device are outside the second frequency range, or within the second frequency range.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device does not perform frequency-hopping transmission, or performs frequency-hopping transmission, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the first numerical range may be that L is less than or equal to 4.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is outside the second frequency range for two hops.
  • the second numerical range may be that L is greater than 4, or L is greater than or equal to 10.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device does not perform frequency-hopping transmission, or does frequency-hopping transmission, and the two hops are within the second frequency range.
  • the third value range may be S greater than or equal to 60KHz, or S greater than 30KHz.
  • the PUCCH transmission sent by the terminal device is outside the second frequency range for two hops.
  • the fourth numerical value range may be that S is less than or equal to 30 KHz.
  • the above 1) to 6) can be combined with each other, for example, 3) can be combined with 5), that is, when the value of L belongs to the first value range and S belongs to the third value range, the PUCCH does not frequency hop transmission, or the PUCCH hops frequency transmission, and no frequency tuning is required between adjacent two hops of frequency hopping transmission; for example, 4) can be applied in combination with 6), that is, when the value of L belongs to the second numerical range and S belongs to the fourth numerical range,
  • the PUCCH is capable of frequency hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission.
  • the network device may send second information to the terminal device, and the second information may be used to indicate whether the uplink control information of the terminal device performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • the second information It is used to indicate the uplink control information of the terminal equipment to perform frequency hopping transmission, and the second information can also be used to further indicate whether frequency tuning is required for the frequency hopping transmission of the uplink control information, or the second information can also be used to further indicate the uplink
  • the control information is frequency-hopped and transmitted within the second frequency range, or the uplink control information is frequency-hopped and transmitted outside the second frequency range.
  • terminal device #1 when the subcarrier spacing (subcarrier spacing, SCS) (can be denoted as S) and the PUCCH length (can be denoted as L) meet the preset condition #2 (ie the first preset condition) , terminal device #1 supports frequency hopping other than terminal device #1's initial uplink BWP, or in other words, terminal device #1 does not perform frequency hopping or only performs frequency hopping within terminal device #1's initial uplink BWP.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • L the preset condition #2
  • the PUCCH resource sets corresponding to some indexes in the existing PUCCH resource set configuration table are not available, for example, the PUCCH resources corresponding to indexes 0-6 in Table 1 Sets cannot be used as resources for PUCCH frequency hopping.
  • the resources in the PUCCH resource set corresponding to these indexes may adopt different time domain configurations.
  • Table 3 shows a possible reconfiguration of Table 1, wherein the reconfiguration of the rows where the number of PUCCH symbols in Table 1 is 2 and 4 can be: in the first PUCCH resource set, corresponding to the The index is 0, 1, 2, and the PUCCH of terminal device #1 is transmitted in the first time interval.
  • the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH can be outside the BWP; in the second PUCCH resource set, corresponding to Table 3
  • the index is 3, 4, 5, 6, and the PUCCH is transmitted in the second time interval, and the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH may be outside the BWP.
  • the duration of the first time interval and the second time interval are different, for example, the first time interval can be 1.5 time slots or the number of symbols corresponding to 1.5 time slots, and the second time interval can be 2 time slots or 2 time slots The corresponding number of symbols.
  • the first time interval and the second time interval can ensure sufficient time between the first hop and the second hop for frequency tuning.
  • the network device may use the fourth information to indicate whether the terminal device is frequency hopping, and/or, use the fifth information to indicate that the terminal device is frequency hopping inside or outside the BWP, for example, the fourth information, the fifth information may be MIB, SIB1, Scheduling DCI, RRC signaling, or DCI of the PDSCH carrying SIB1.
  • the network device can indicate the terminal device application table 1 or application table 3 through the X-th information (1 bit or multiple bits), and the X-th information can be MIB, or SIB1, or the information that schedules the bearer of SIB1
  • the DCI of the PDSCH is either RRC signaling or DCI.
  • terminal device #1 when the interval between subcarriers and the length of PUCCH meet the preset condition #2, terminal device #1 performs frequency hopping other than the initial uplink BWP of terminal device #1; when the interval between subcarriers and the length of PUCCH do not meet Under preset condition #2, terminal device #1 does not perform frequency hopping other than terminal device #1's initial uplink BWP, or terminal device #1 only performs frequency hopping within terminal device #1's initial uplink BWP, which reduces the readjustment The influence of time on the performance of the short-length PUCCH corresponding to terminal device #1.
  • the first hop (corresponding to resource #b1 or resource b#11 or the first sub-frequency domain resource) and the second hop correspond to ( Resource #b2 or resource b#22 or the second sub-frequency domain resource) may both be located outside the second frequency range; it may also be that the first hop is located within the second frequency range, and the second hop is located outside the second frequency range; It may also be that the first hop is located outside the second frequency range, and the second hop is located within the second frequency range; this application does not limit the specific locations of the first hop and the second hop, as long as it can reduce the impact on the network side. Only need to increase the flexibility of resource allocation if there are resource scheduling constraints.
  • RB the unit of PUCCH resources as an example to illustrate and should not limit this application.
  • REs, subcarriers, etc. can also be used as units of PUCCH resources. Do not make any restrictions.
  • the embodiments in this application are described with the terminal equipment in the initial access state, which should not limit this application. In fact, the embodiments in this application are not only applicable to terminal equipment in the initial access state.
  • the PUCCH resource allocation can also be applied to the PUCCH resource allocation of the terminal equipment in the connected state.
  • sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
  • presetting can be done by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the device (for example, network device)
  • the present application does not limit its specific implementation, such as the preset rules and preset constants in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the method implemented by the communication device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or a circuit) that can be configured inside the communication device.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • the foregoing method is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device and the network device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • this application also provides a corresponding communication device.
  • the communication device provided by this application may include modules or units corresponding to one-to-one execution of the methods/operations/steps/actions in the above method embodiments.
  • This unit may be
  • the hardware circuit may also be software, or may be implemented by combining hardware circuits with software.
  • the communication device provided by this application will be described below with reference to FIG. 9 to FIG. 11 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the device embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the method embodiments. Therefore, for content that is not described in detail, reference may be made to the method embodiments above. For brevity, some content will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example, for example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. In the following, description will be made by taking the division of each functional module corresponding to each function as an example.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of an information transmission device 600 .
  • the communication device includes a processing unit 610 and a transceiver unit 620 .
  • the information transmission device 600 may be applied to network equipment or terminal equipment, or may be a chip used to realize the functions of the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments above, which is not limited in this application.
  • the communication device 600 may be a device corresponding to each method in the method 200 to the method 500 in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may include a unit for performing any information transmission method in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 . Moreover, each unit in the communication device 600 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions respectively implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • the communication device 600 may implement any function of the terminal device and/or the network device in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • the processing unit 610 is configured for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set;
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to use the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index included in the initial cyclic shift index set Number, determine the resource block index;
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to perform an initial cyclic shift index included in the initial cyclic shift index set according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index set The number determines the first resource block index corresponding to the pth hop of the uplink control information frequency hopping transmission, where the p is a positive integer;
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to use the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes included in the initial cyclic shift index set , and a second resource block index corresponding to the qth hop of frequency-hopping transmission of the uplink control channel data determined in the first frequency range, where q is a positive integer, and the resource associated with the resource block index belongs to the first frequency range.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter.
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to determine the first resource block index according to the first sub-offset parameter
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to determine the second resource block index according to the second sub-offset parameter.
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured to perform the following according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indices included in the initial cyclic shift index set The correspondence determines the first resource block index:
  • X1 is the first resource block index
  • r PUCCH is the uplink control channel resource index
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 1 is the first sub-offset parameter used to determine the first resource block index
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured to perform the following according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indices included in the initial cyclic shift index set The correspondence determines the second resource block index:
  • X2 is the second resource block index
  • N size is the number of resource blocks included in the first frequency range
  • N CS is the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set
  • D is the target offset parameter
  • D 2 is the second sub-offset parameter used to determine the second resource block index
  • the processing unit 610 is further used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to a first position and a second position, wherein the first position is the position where the yth resource block index of the first frequency range is located, and the second position is is the position of the resource block whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range, where y and z are non-negative integers, where the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, and the second frequency range is less than or Equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal equipment;
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to the first information
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to a predefined parameter
  • the processing unit 610 is further used for the terminal device to determine the target offset parameter according to a predefined rule.
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured for the terminal device to send the uplink control information on the resource associated with the resource block index without frequency hopping.
  • the processing unit 610 is further used for the terminal device to determine that the subcarrier spacing S corresponding to the terminal device and the symbol number L of the uplink control channel resource satisfy a first preset condition.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is configured for the terminal device to send uplink control information to the network device on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is further configured for the terminal device to receive the first information from the network device.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the terminal device to receive first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to instruct the first terminal device to use at least one first frequency domain resource to send uplink control information, and the first frequency domain resource
  • the resource belongs to a first frequency range.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured for the terminal device to receive second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the second frequency range allocated by the network device to the first terminal device, and the second frequency range includes at least one A second frequency domain resource, where the second frequency domain resource is used by the first terminal device to send the uplink control information, wherein the second frequency domain resource also belongs to a third frequency domain range allocated by the network device to the second terminal device . It should be noted that the first frequency domain resource is outside the third frequency domain range, or the first frequency domain resource is located at an edge of the third frequency domain range.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to determine the number L of symbols and/or the subcarrier spacing S used for sending the uplink control information;
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured to judge that the L and/or the S meet at least one of the following: the minimum value of the L is greater than or equal to 4; the minimum value of the L is determined according to the S; the value of the L belongs to The first value range, within the first value range, the uplink control channel is not frequency-hopping for transmission, or the uplink control channel is for frequency-hopping transmission, and frequency tuning is not required between two adjacent hops of frequency-hopping transmission; the value of L Belongs to the second numerical range, the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission within the second numerical range and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hops of the frequency hopping transmission; the value of the S belongs to the third numerical range, the third numerical range The uplink control channel does not perform frequency hopping transmission, or the uplink control channel frequency hopping transmission does not require frequency tuning between two adjacent hops of frequency hopping transmission; the value of the S belongs to the fourth numerical range, and the fourth numerical range
  • the uplink control channel can be transmitted in frequency hopping, and frequency tuning is required between two adjacent hop
  • the transceiver unit 620 is configured to send or receive the uplink control information.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send or receive the first information.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send or receive the first configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is further configured to send or receive the second configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit 620 is used for the network device to send first information to the terminal device, the first information is used for the terminal device to determine the resource block index, and the first information is also used to indicate the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource Indexes, physical resource block offset parameters, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set;
  • the transceiving unit 620 is further configured for the network device to receive uplink control information sent by the terminal device on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the target offset parameter includes a first sub-offset parameter and a second sub-offset parameter
  • the resource block index includes a first resource block index and a second resource block index
  • the first A sub-offset parameter is used to determine the first resource block index
  • the second sub-offset parameter is used to determine the second resource block index
  • the first information used to indicate the target offset parameter includes: the first information used to indicate the first position and the second position, and the first position and the second position are used to determine the target offset parameters, wherein the first position is the position of the yth resource block index in the first frequency range, the second position is the position of the resource block whose resource block index is z in the second frequency range, and the y, z are not A negative integer, wherein the first frequency range is greater than the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device, and the second frequency range is less than or equal to the maximum channel bandwidth supported by the terminal device; or the first information includes the target offset parameter; or the The first information includes predefined parameters used to determine the target offset parameter; or the first information includes predefined rules used to determine the target offset parameter.
  • the transceiving unit 620 is also used for the network device to receive the uplink control information sent by the terminal device without frequency hopping on the resource associated with the resource block index.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured for the network device to determine that the subcarrier spacing S corresponding to the terminal device and the symbol number L of the uplink control channel resource satisfy a first preset condition.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of an information transmission device 700 provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the information transmission device 700 shown in FIG. 10 includes: a processor 710 , a memory 720 and a communication interface 730 .
  • the processor 710 is coupled with the memory for executing instructions stored in the memory to control the communication interface 730 to send and/or receive signals.
  • processor 710 and the memory 720 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 710 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 720 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 720 may also be integrated in the processor 710 , or be independent of the processor 710 .
  • the information transmission apparatus 700 may be applied to network equipment or terminal equipment, or may be a chip used to realize the functions of the network equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments above, which is not limited in this application.
  • the communication device 700 may correspond to the terminal device or network device corresponding to the communication method in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include an unit. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are for executing corresponding processes of the method 200 to the method 500 respectively. It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the chip When the communication device 700 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface.
  • the processor may be used to execute any method in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (system on chip, SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller unit) , MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • microcontroller micro controller unit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory direct ram-bus RAM, DR RAM
  • direct ram-bus RAM direct ram-bus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the computer shown in Figure 5 and Figure 8.
  • the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the computer shown in Figure 5 and Figure 8. The method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device 800 that can be used to realize the function of the communication device in the above method, and the device 800 can be a communication device or a chip in the communication device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • the input-output interface 810 may be an input-output circuit, and may also be called a communication interface.
  • the logic circuit 820 may be a signal processor, a chip, or other integrated circuits that can implement the method of the present application.
  • At least one input and output interface 810 is used for input or output of information.
  • the input and output interface 810 is used to obtain the first information or the first configuration information or the second configuration information
  • input The output interface 810 is also used to send the uplink control information.
  • the logic circuit 820 is configured to execute some or all steps of any method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the logic circuit can realize the functions realized by the processing unit 610 in the communication device 600 and the processor 710 in the communication device 700 described above.
  • the logic circuit 820 is used in the above method embodiments according to Various possible implementations determine the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the number of initial cyclic shift indexes contained in the initial cyclic shift index set, and for example, the logic circuit 820 is used to According to various possible implementations in the above method embodiments, according to the target offset parameter, the uplink control channel resource index, the physical resource block offset parameter, and the initial cyclic shift index contained in the initial cyclic shift index set The number determines the resource block index for uplink control channel transmission.
  • the chip implements the functions of the communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the communication device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna); or, the chip sends information to other modules in the communication device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna).
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction is run on the computer, the Any communication method in any one of the illustrated embodiments is executed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the operations described in Figures 5 and 8. The method of any one of the embodiments is illustrated.
  • the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing apparatus or equipment.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)
  • the network-side equipment in the above-mentioned various apparatus embodiments corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network-side equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and corresponding steps are performed by corresponding modules or units, for example, the communication unit (or communication interface) executes the method in the method embodiments
  • the step of receiving or sending, other steps besides sending and receiving may be performed by the processing unit 610 (or processor).
  • the processing unit 610 or processor
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • these components may be based on data having one or more data packets (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, e.g. Internet) signals are communicated through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, e.g. Internet
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit 610, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Maintenance And Management Of Digital Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种信息传输方法及装置，该信息能传输方法包括：终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定上行控制信道传输的资源块索引；该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上发送上行控制信息。本申请提供的信息能传输方法及装置，可以避免资源碎片化，减小对网络设备资源调度的限制，增加资源分配的灵活度。

Description

一种信息传输方法及装置
本申请要求于2021年5月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110507949.0、申请名称为“一种信息传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种信息传输方法及装置。
背景技术
不同能力的终端设备对移动通信系统的需求不同，其中，降低能力的终端设备为了满足满足低成本和长待机时间等需求通常支持比正常终端设备更小的信道带宽，例如，对于新空口(new radio，NR)系统频率范围1，通常情况下增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)终端设备支持的最大信道带宽是100MHz。而对于降低能力的终端设备，其支持的最大信道带宽可以是5MHz、或20MHz、或40MHz，通过减小信道带宽可以降低终端设备的复杂度和成本。
不同能力的终端设备会在同一通信系统中共存，如何更好的支持这些终端设备的共存成为了亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种信息传输方法及装置，能够避免资源碎片化，减小对资源调度的限制，增加资源分配的灵活度。
第一方面，提供了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定上行控制信道传输的资源块索引；该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上向网络设备发送上行控制信息。
根据本申请实施例的信息传输方法，终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定上行控制信道传输的资源块索引，该资源块索引所关联的资源不会造成其他终端设备的资源碎片化，不会导致其他终端设备的可用的资源被割裂成几块零碎的频域资源，对其他终端设备的资源调度造成限制，本申请的信息传输方法能够使得不同能力的终端设备在同一通信系统中更好的共存。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该上行控制信息跳频传输，以及该终端设备确定该资源块索引包括：该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数 确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中该p为正整数；和/或，该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数、和第一频率范围确定该上行控制信道数据跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中该q为正整数，该资源块索引所关联的资源属于该第一频率范围。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的信息传输方法可以适用于跳频场景下的上行控制信息传输，也可以适用于不跳频场景下的上行控制信息传输。以跳频场景包括第p跳和第q跳为例，该目标偏移参数可以包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数可分别用于确定该第p跳和该第q跳对应的物理上行控制信道资源的位置，可称为第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源，该第一终端设备再使用该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源发送上行控制信息，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源不会对其他终端设备可使用的频率范围内的资源调度造成限制，即减少了对其他终端设备资源调度的限制，提高资源分配的灵活性。
需要说明的是，该第一频率范围大于该第一终端支持的最大信道带宽。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，该第一子偏移参数用于确定该第一资源块索引，该第二子偏移参数用于确定该第二资源块索引。
需要说明的是，在该实现方式中，该终端设备可以根据与其发生资源冲突的其他终端设备的上行传输中每个资源块复用的上行控制信道的资源数或上行控制信道的资源集对应的循环移位数进一步调整该目标偏移参数，避免了该资源块索引所关联的资源与其他终端设备用于传输上行控制信息的资源冲突的情况，例如可以通过调整该目标偏移参数将该资源块索引所关联的资源配置到与该其他终端设备用于传输上行控制信息的资源相邻的频率位置。
需要说明的是，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数可以相同也可以不相同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数由该第一终端设备根据网络设备发送的第一配置信息确定。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该第一子偏移参数由该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息确定，该第二子偏移参数(即D 2)由该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数(即D 1)以及确定第一频率范围包含的资源块数目(即N size)确定。
作为示例而非限定，该第二子偏移参数D 2的确定方式可以是：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000001
其中
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000002
为第二频率范围包含的资源块数目。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该p＝1，该q＝2；或者，该p＝2，该q＝1。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000003
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000004
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000005
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000006
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000007
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000008
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000009
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000010
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000011
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000012
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
在该实现方式中，若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数相同，可以都使用目标偏移参数D来表示；若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数不相同，可以分别使用D 1和该D 2来表示，或者若第一子偏移参数D 1使用目标偏移参数D来表示，该第二子偏移参数可以相应的表示为
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000013
其中
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000014
为第二频率范围包含的资源块数目，该第二频率范围小于或者等于该终端设备所支持的信道带宽。
需要说明的是，该目标偏移参数的确定方式包括但不限于以下几种：①该终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，可选地，上述y和z可以相同，例如y＝z＝0；②该终端设备根据第一信息确定该目标偏移参数，该第一信息由该终端设备从网络设备接收，例如，第一信息为主信息块(master information block，MIB)，或为系统信息块1(system information block 1，SIB1)，或为SIB1中的字段，或为调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的下行控制信息或是调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的下行控制信息中的字段；③该目标偏移参数为预定义的参数，例如终端设备通过预定义的方式确定目标偏移参数，该目标偏移参数可以是预定义的值；④该终端设备(可称为终端设备#1)根据预定义规则确定该目标偏移参数，例如根据其他存在资源冲突的终端设备(可称为终端设备#2)所配置的PUCCH资源集所占用的频率位置(预定义的规则的一例)来确定目标偏移参数，使得该终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源为与终端设备#2的PUCCH的频域资源相邻的频率位置。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整 数；或者，该目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，该K＝2或3或4。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送该上行控制信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备确定目标偏移参数之前，该方法还包括：该终端设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
作为示例而非限定，该第一预设条件可以为以下条件中的一个或者多个：①该L的最小取值大于或等于4；②该L的最小取值根据该S确定；③该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该L的取值属于第一数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}。④该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该L的取值属于第二数值范围时该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第二数值范围可以包括{14}。⑤该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该S的取值属于第三数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz。⑥该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该S的取值属于第四数值范围时该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。作为示例而非限定，该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
在该实现方式中，当子载波的间隔S和/或上行控制信道传输所用的符号个数L满足第一预设条件时，终端设备才进行第二频率范围以外的跳频，当S和L不满足第一预设条件时，终端设备不进行第二频率范围以外的跳频，或者说终端设备只进行第二频率范围以内的跳频，降低了频率调谐(或者称为重新调节)的时间对该终端设备对应的符号个数L较少的频域资源的性能的影响。
第二方面，提供了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：第一终端设备(对应上述终端设备)接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用至少一个第一频域资源发送上行控制信息，该第一频域资源属于第一频率范围；该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息，发送该上行控制信息。
需要说明的是，在该第一终端设备接收第一配置信息之前，该方法还包括：第一终端设备接收第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示网络设备为该第一终端设备分配的第二频率范围，该第二频率范围包括至少一个第二频域资源，该第二频域资源用于该第一终端设备发送该上行控制信息，其中，该第二频域资源还属于该网络设备为第二终端设备(对应与上述终端设备资源冲突的其他终端设备)分配的第三频域范围。需要说明的是，该第一频域资源在该第三频域范围以外，或者，该第一频域资源位于该第三频域范围的边缘部分。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一频域资源可以位于载波两端，或可以与第二终端设备用于传输上行控制信息的资源(可称为第三频域资源)相邻。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该上行控制信息用于该终端设备接入网络设备，示例性地，该上行控制信息可以为随机接入过程中终端设备对网络设备发送的竞争解决消息反馈的混合自动重传请求消息。
根据本申请实施例的信息传输方法，该第一终端设备根据第二配置信息确定的用于发送上行控制信息的第二频域资源属于该网络设备为第二终端设备分配的第三频域范围内,该第二频域资源会导致第三频域范围内的频域碎片化，被割裂成几块零碎的频域资源，对第二终端设备的资源调度造成限制，在此基础上，该第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息确定的用于发送上行控制信息的第一频域资源，该第一频域资源在该第三频域范围以外，或者，该第一频域资源位于该第三频域范围的边缘部分。该第一频域资源不会对该第二终端第三频域范围内的资源使用造成限制，提高了资源调度的灵活性。
需要说明的是，该第一频率范围大于该第一终端支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或者等于该第一终端支持的最大信道带宽，该第三频率范围小于或者等于该第二终端支持的最大信道带宽。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一配置信息具体用于指示目标偏移参数，该目标偏移参数是该第一频域资源与该第二频域资源之间的偏移参数。
根据本申请实施例的信息传输方法，该第一终端设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定该第一频域资源与该第二频域资源之间的偏移参数，再通过该目标偏移参数和该第二频域资源确定出该第一频域资源的位置，再使用该第一频域资源发送上行控制信息，减少了对第二终端设备资源调度的限制，提高资源分配的灵活性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该上行控制信息跳频传输的场景下，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，以及该方法包括：该第一终端设备确定该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数；该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数分别确定该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源在该第三频域范围以外，或者，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源位于该第三频域范围的边缘部分。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例的信息传输方法可以适用于跳频场景下的上行控制信息传输，也可以适用于不跳频场景下的上行控制信息传输。以跳频场景包括第一跳和第二跳为例，该目标偏移参数可以包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数可分别用于确定该第一跳和该第二跳对应的物理上行控制信道资源的位置，即该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源，该第一终端设备再使用该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源发送上行控制信息，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源不再对该第三频率范围内的资源调度造成限制，即减少了对第二终端设备资源调度的限制，提高资源分配的灵活性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一配置信息包括第一频率范围包含的RB数目和该第一子偏移参数的指示信息，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源位于该第一频率范围内，以及该方法包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息确定该第一子偏移参数；该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数和该第一频域范围包含的RB数目确定该第二子偏移参数；该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数分别确定该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源；该第一终端设备使用该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源发送该上行控制信息。
需要说明的是，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数可以相同也可以不相同。
可选地，若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数相同，可以只使用一个偏移参数进 行指示，以节省一定资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数由该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息确定。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该第一子偏移参数由该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息确定，该第二子偏移参数(即D 2)由该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数(即D 1)以及确定第一频率范围包含的资源块数目(即N size)确定。
作为示例而非限定，该第二子偏移参数D 2的确定方式可以是：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000015
其中
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000016
为第二频率范围包含的资源块数目。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备可以基于下述公式根据该目标偏移参数确定第一子频域资源对应的资源块索引(对应于第一资源块索引)(记做X 1)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000017
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000018
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000019
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为该第一子偏移参数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000020
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备可以基于下述公式根据该目标偏移参数确定第二子频域资源对应的资源块索引(对应于第二资源块索引)(记做X 2)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000021
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000022
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000023
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000024
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000025
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000026
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一配置信息包括该第一子偏移参数的指示信息和该第二子偏移参数的指示信息，以及该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数分别确定该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一配置信息确定该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数；该第一终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数分别确定该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源；该第一终端设备使用该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源发送该上行控制信息。
在该实现方式中，该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数可以相同也可以不相同。若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数不相同，该第一配置信息包括该第一子偏移参数的指示信息和该第二子偏移参数的指示信息，该第一终端设备分别根据该第一子偏移参数的指示信息和该第二子偏移参数的指示信息确定该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数，再 根据该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数确定该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源，该第一终端设备再使用该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源发送上行控制信息，该第一子频域资源和该第二子频域资源不在对该第三频率范围内的资源调度造成限制，即减少了对第二终端设备资源调度的限制，提高资源分配的灵活性。
可选地，若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数相同，可以只使用一个指示信息进行指示，以节省一定资源开销。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该第一终端设备确定该目标偏移参数之前，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备确定第一参数，该第一参数用于确定该目标偏移参数，该第一参数与上行传输中每个资源块复用的上行控制信道的资源数或上行控制信道的资源集对应的循环移位数有关；以及该第一终端设备确定该目标偏移参数包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一参数确定该目标偏移参数。
在该实现方式中，该第一终端设备可以根据上行传输中每个资源块复用的上行控制信道的资源数或上行控制信道的资源集对应的循环移位数进一步调整该目标偏移参数，再根据该目标偏移参数确定该第一频域资源，避免了第一频域资源与第二终端设备使用的第三频率范围中用于传输上行控制信息的资源(可称为第三频域资源)冲突的情况，例如可以通过该第一参数将该第一频域资源配置到与该第三频域资源相邻的频率位置。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该第一终端设备确定该目标偏移参数之前，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备确定该第一终端设备对应的子载波的间隔S和上行控制信道传输所用的符号个数L满足第一预设条件。
作为示例而非限定，该第一预设条件可以为以下条件中的一个或者多个：①该L的最小取值大于或等于4；②该L的最小取值根据该S确定；③该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该L的取值属于第一数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}。④该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该L的取值属于第二数值范围时该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第二数值范围可以包括{14}。⑤该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该S的取值属于第三数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz。⑥该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该S的取值属于第四数值范围时该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。作为示例而非限定，该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
在该实现方式中，当子载波的间隔S和/或上行控制信道传输所用的符号个数L满足第一预设条件时，第一终端设备才进行第二频率范围以外的跳频，当S和L不满足第一预设条件时，第一终端设备不进行第二频率范围以外的跳频，或者说第一终端设备只进行第二频率范围以内的跳频，降低了重新调节的时间对第一终端设备对应的符号个数L较少的第一频域资源的性能的影响。
第三方面，提供了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：终端设备确定上行控制信道传输所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；若该L和/或该S满足以下至少一项：1)该L的最小取值大于或等于4；2)该L的最小取值根据该S确定；3)该L的取值属于第一数值 范围，该第一数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；4)该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该第二数值范围内该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；5)该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该第三数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；6)该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该第四数值范围内该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；该终端设备传输该上行控制信道。
在一种可能的实现方式中，对于上述1)，满足1)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。例如，L＝10时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。对于2)，满足2)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外，或者第二频率范围内。例如，S＝15KHz时，L的最小值为10，即，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝30KHz时，L的最小值为14，即，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝60KHz时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳在第二频率范围内。对于3)，满足3)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第一数值范围可以是L小于或等于4。对于4)，满足4)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第二数值范围可以是L大于4，或是L大于或等于10。对于5)，满足5)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第三数值范围可以是S大于或等于60KHz，或是S大于30KHz。对于6)，满足6)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第四数值范围可以是S小于或等于30KHz。
需要说明的是，上述1)～6)可以互相结合，例如，3)可以和5)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第一数值范围且S属于第三数值范围时，PUCCH不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；例如，4)可以和6)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第二数值范围且S属于第四数值范围时，PUCCH能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二信息，该第二信息可以用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息是否进行跳频传输，可选地，若该第二信息用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息进行跳频传输，该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息的跳频传输是否需要进行频率调谐，或者说该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息在第二频率范围内跳频传输，或者该上行控制信息在第二频率范围外跳频传输
在一种可能的实现方式中，该终端设备接收网络设备发送的第四信息，该第四信息用于指示该终端设备是否跳频，和/或，该终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五信息，该第五信息用于指示终端设备在第二频率范围之内或之外跳频，例如，第四信息、第五信息可以是MIB，SIB1，调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI，RRC信令，或DCI。
在一种可能的实现方式中，可将上述上行控制信道不跳频传输、或者该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐的频率范围称为第一类数值范围，示例性地，该第一类数值范围可以是：S＝15KHz且L＝2或4，或者S＝30或60KHz且L＝2或4或10，或者S大于60KHz。可将上述该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两 跳之间需要频率调谐的频率范围称为第二数值范围，示例性地，该第二类数值范围可以是：S小于15KHz，或者S＝15KHz且L＝10或14，或者S大于15KHz小于30KHz，或者S＝30KHz且L＝14，或者S大于30KHz小于60KHz，或者S＝60KHz且L＝14。
作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}；该第二数值范围可以包括{14}；该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz；该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
第四方面，提供了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于该终端设备确定资源块索引，该第一信息还用于指示目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；该网络设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上接收该终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该上行控制信息跳频传输，以及该第一信息用于该终端设备确定资源块索引包括：该第一信息用于该终端设备确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中该p为正整数；和/或，该第一信息用于该终端设备确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中该q为正整数。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，该第一子偏移参数用于确定该第一资源块索引，该第二子偏移参数用于确定该第二资源块索引。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该p＝1，该q＝2；或者该p＝2，该q＝1。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000027
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000028
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000029
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000030
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
在该实现方式中，若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数相同，可以使用目标偏移参数D来表示；若该第一子偏移参数和该第二子偏移参数不相同，可以分别使用D 1和该D 2来表示，或者若第一子偏移参数使用目标偏移参数D来表示，该第二子偏移参数可以相应的表示为
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000031
其中
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000032
为第二频率范围包含的资源块数目，该第二频率范围小于或者等于该终端设备所支持的信道带宽。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第二资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000033
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000034
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000035
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为第一频率范围包括的资源块数，该资源块索引所关联的资源属于该第一频率范围，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000036
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000037
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000038
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信息用于指示该目标偏移参数包括：该第一信息用于指示第一位置和第二位置，该第一位置和该第二位置用于确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者该第一信息包括该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义的参数，该预定义的参数用于确定该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义规则，该预定义规则用于确定该目标偏移参数。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，该目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，该K＝2或3或4。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在该网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息之前，该方法还包括：该网络设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
作为示例而非限定，该第一预设条件可以为以下条件中的一个或者多个：①该L的最小取值大于或等于4；②该L的最小取值根据该S确定；③该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该L的取值属于第一数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}。④该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该L的取值属于第二数值范围时该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第二数值范围可以包括{14}。⑤该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该S的取值属于第三数值范围时该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；作为示例而非限定，该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz。⑥该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该S的取值属于第四数值范围时该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。作为示例而非限定，该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
第四方面提供的信息传输装置的有益效果可以参考第一方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第五方面，提供了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：网络设备确定终端设备发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；若该L和/或该S满足以下至少一项：1) 该L的最小取值大于或等于4；2)该L的最小取值根据该S确定；3)该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该第一数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；4)该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该第二数值范围内该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；5)该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该第三数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；6)该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该第四数值范围内该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；该网络设备接收该终端设备发送的该上行控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，对于上述1)，满足1)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。例如，L＝10时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。对于2)，满足2)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外，或者第二频率范围内。例如，S＝15KHz时，L的最小值为10，即，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝30KHz时，L的最小值为14，即，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝60KHz时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳在第二频率范围内。对于3)，满足3)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第一数值范围可以是L小于或等于4。对于4)，满足4)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第二数值范围可以是L大于4，或是L大于或等于10。对于5)，满足5)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第三数值范围可以是S大于或等于60KHz，或是S大于30KHz。对于6)，满足6)时，网络设备可以配置终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第四数值范围可以是S小于或等于30KHz。
需要说明的是，上述1)～6)可以互相结合，例如，3)可以和5)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第一数值范围且S属于第三数值范围时，PUCCH不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；例如，4)可以和6)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第二数值范围且S属于第四数值范围时，PUCCH能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。
在一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备可以向该终端设备发送第二信息，该第二信息可以用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息是否进行跳频传输，可选地，若该第二信息用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息进行跳频传输，该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息的跳频传输是否需要进行频率调谐，或者说该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息在第二频率范围内跳频传输，或者该上行控制信息在第二频率范围外跳频传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第四信息，该第四信息用于指示该终端设备是否跳频，和/或，该网络设备向该终端设备发送的第五信息，该第五信息用于指示终端设备在第二频率范围之内或之外跳频，例如，第四信息、第五信息可以是MIB，SIB1，调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI，RRC信令，或DCI。
在一种可能的实现方式中，可将上述上行控制信道不跳频传输、或者该上行控制信道 跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐的频率范围称为第一类数值范围，示例性地，该第一类数值范围可以是：S＝15KHz且L＝2或4，或者S＝30或60KHz且L＝2或4或10，或者S大于60KHz。可将上述该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐的频率范围称为第二数值范围，示例性地，该第二类数值范围可以是：S小于15KHz，或者S＝15KHz且L＝10或14，或者S大于15KHz小于30KHz，或者S＝30KHz且L＝14，或者S大于30KHz小于60KHz，或者S＝60KHz且L＝14。
作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}；该第二数值范围可以包括{14}；该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz；该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
第四方面提供的信息传输装置的有益效果可以参考第三方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第六方面，提供了一种信息传输装置，该装置包括：处理单元，用于终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；该处理单元，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定资源块索引；收发单元，用于该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上向网络设备发送上行控制信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该上行控制信息跳频传输，以及该处理单元，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中该p为正整数；和/或，该处理单元，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数、和第一频率范围确定该上行控制信道数据跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中该q为正整数，该资源块索引所关联的资源属于该第一频率范围。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，以及该处理单元，还用于该终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数确定该第一资源块索引，和/或该处理单元，还用于该终端设备根据该第二子偏移参数确定该第二资源块索引。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定该第一资源块索引：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000039
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000040
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000041
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000042
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定该第二资源块索引：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000043
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000044
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000045
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000046
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000047
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000048
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元用于终端设备确定目标偏移参数包括：该处理单元，用于该终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者该收发单元，还用于该终端设备从网络设备接收第一信息，以及该处理单元，用于该终端设备根据第一信息确定该目标偏移参数；或者该处理单元，用于该终端设备根据预定义的参数确定该目标偏移参数；或者该处理单元，用于该终端设备根据预定义规则确定该目标偏移参数。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该处理单元，还用于该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送该上行控制信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，在该处理单元用于该终端设备确定目标偏移参数之前，该处理单元，还用于该终端设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
第六方面提供的信息传输装置的有益效果可以参考第一方面和第二方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第七方面，提供了一种信息传输装置，该装置包括：处理单元，用于确定发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；该处理单元，还用于判断该L和/或该S满足以下至少一项：该L的最小取值大于或等于4；该L的最小取值根据该S确定；该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该第一数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该第二数值范围内该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该第三数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该第四数值范围内该上行控制信道能够跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；收发单元，用于发送或者接受该上行控制信息。
第七方面提供的信息传输装置的有益效果可以参考第三方面和第五方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第八方面，提供了一种信息传输装置，该装置包括：收发单元，用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于该终端设备确定资源块索引，该第一信息还用于指示目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；该收发单元，还用于该网络设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上接收该终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该上行控制信息跳频传输，以及该第一信息用于该终端设备确定资源块索引包括：该第一信息用于该终端设备确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中该p为正整数；和/或，该第一信息用于该终端设备确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中该q为正整数。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，该第一子偏移参数用于确定该第一资源块索引，该第二子偏移参数用于确定该第二资源块索引。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该p＝1，该q＝2；或者该p＝2，该q＝1。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第一资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000049
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000050
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000051
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000052
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第二资源块索引、该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000053
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000054
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000055
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为第一频率范围包括的资源块数，该资源块索引所关联的资源属于该第一频率范围，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000056
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000057
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000058
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信息用于指示该目标偏移参数包括：该第一信息用于指示第一位置和第二位置，该第一位置和该第二位置用于确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者该第一信息包括该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义的参数，该预定义的参数用于确定该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义规则，该预定义规则用于确定该目标偏移参数。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，该目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，该K＝2或3或4。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元，还用于该网络设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频接收该终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括处理单元，以及在该收发单元用于该网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息之前，该处理单元，用于该网络设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
第八方面提供的信息传输装置的有益效果可以参考第四方面及其各种可能的实现的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第九方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置可以用来用于执行第一方面及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作，或者用来执行第二方面及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作，或者用来执行第三方面及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作，或者用来执行第四方面及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作，或者用来执行第五方面及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信设备的操作。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行上述第任一方面所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)。该步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)当其在计算机上运行时，使得上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法被执行；或者使得上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行；或者使得上述第三方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行；或者使得上述第四方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行；或者使得上述第五方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行。
第十一方面，提供了一种芯片系统，包括存储器和处理器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第三方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第四方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第五方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种芯片，芯片包括处理器和通信接口，该通信接口用于与外部 器件或内部器件进行通信，该处理器用于实现上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法；或者该处理器用于实现上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者该处理器用于实现上述第三方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者该处理器用于实现上述第四方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者该处理器用于实现上述第五方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该芯片还可以包括存储器，该存储器中存储有指令，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时，处理器用于实现上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法；或者处理器用于实现上述第二方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者处理器用于实现上述第三方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者处理器用于实现上述第四方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者处理器用于实现上述第五方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当该计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面及其任一种可能的实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第二方面中及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第三方面中及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第四方面中及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法；或者执行上述第五方面中及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信设备，包括，处理器，存储器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信装置执行第一方面至第五方面及各方面对应的任一种可能的实现方式中的通信方法。
该处理器为一个或多个，该存储器为一个或多个。该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起，或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
一个可能的设计中，提供了一种通信设备，包括通信接口、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制通信接口收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信设备执行第一方面至第五方面及各方面对应的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十五面，提供了一种系统，该系统包括上述各方面对应的终端设备以及网络设备。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例适用的系统场景示意图。
图2是基于竞争模式的随机接入过程的流程示意图。
图3是终端设备反馈竞争解决消息所使用的物理上行控制信道资源的示意图。
图4是两种不同能力的终端设备对应的物理上行控制信道的资源位置对比图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法的示意性流程图。
图6是本申请另一实施例提供的信息传输方法的示意性流程图。
图7是本申请另一实施例提供的信息传输方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本申请另一实施例提供的信息传输方法的示意性流程图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的示意性框图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种信息传输装置的结构示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种信息传输装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation，5G)系统或新无线(New Radio，NR)等。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以适用于信号传输的场景，比如网络设备与终端设备之间的信号传输、网络设备与网络设备之间的信号传输、终端设备与终端设备间的信号传输(比如降低能力终端和eMBB终端之间的信号传输、或者降低能力终端和降低能力终端之间的信号传输)、车联网、物联网、工业互联网等的通信以及卫星通信等等，本申请在此不作限定。以下本申请实施例中将以终端设备和网络设备的通信进行示例性说明。
首先，结合图1对本申请实施例中涉及的系统架构作示例性介绍。如图1所示，该系统架构中包括终端设备和基站(或者称为接入网)，其中终端设备以终端设备#1和终端设备#2为例。
终端设备
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站、移动站(mobile station)、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(terminal equipment)、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session Initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、卫星通信中的终端、5G网络或者未来通信网络中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中的终端设备可以分为第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备，第一类型终端设备例如为低复杂度的UE(reduced capability UE，REDCAP UE)，第二类型终端设备可以为legacy UE，如eMBB UE。
第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备的特征不同，所述特征包括以下一种或者多种：带宽、支持或配置的资源数、发射天线端口数和/或接收天线端口数、射频通道数、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)进程数、支持的峰值速率、 应用场景、时延要求、处理能力、协议版本、双工方式、业务等。
以下对上述特征进行详示例性说明。
带宽，或者信道带宽，或者终端设备支持或配置的最大信道带宽。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备的带宽不同，例如：第一类型终端设备的带宽可以是20MHz或10MHz或5MHz，第二类型终端设备的带宽可以是100MHz。可以理解，随着通信技术的发展，第一类型终端设备支持的最大信道带宽可能不再是20MHz或10MHz或5MHz，而是演变成更宽或者更窄的带宽例如3MHz，25MHz，50MHz。
支持或配置的资源数，所述资源数可以是资源块(resource block，RB)，时频资源单元(resource element，RE)，子载波，RB组，资源元素组捆绑单元(resource element group bundle，REG bundle)，控制信道元素，子帧，无线帧，时隙，迷你时隙和/或符号数目。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备支持或配置的资源数不同，例如：第一类型终端设备支持的资源数为48RB，第二类型终端设备支持的资源数为96RB。
发射天线端口数和/或接收天线端口数。第一类型终端设备的发射天线端口数和/或接收天线端口数与第二类型终端设备不同，例如：第一类型终端设备的发射天线端口数可以是1，接收天线的端口数可以是2，第二类型终端设备的发射天线端口数可以是2，接收天线的端口数可以是4。
射频通道数。第一类型终端设备的射频通道数与第二类型终端设备不同，例如:第一类型终端设备的射频通道数可以是1个，第二类型终端设备的射频通道数可以是2个。
HARQ进程数。第一类型终端设备支持的HARQ进程数与第二类型终端设备不同，例如：第一类型终端设备的HARQ进程数可以是8，第二类型终端设备的HARQ进程数可以是16。
支持的峰值速率。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备的最大峰值速率不同，例如：第一类型终端设备支持的最大峰值速率可以是100Mbps，第二类型终端设备支持的峰值速率可以是200Mbps。
应用场景。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备是针对不同应用场景服务的，例如：第一类型终端设备应用于工业无线传感，视频监控，可穿戴设备等，第二类型终端设备应用于移动通信，视频上网等。
时延要求。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备对传输时延的要求不同，例如:第一类型终端设备的时延要求可以是500毫秒，第二类型终端设备的时延要求可以是100毫秒。
处理能力。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备在不同的子载波间隔(subcarrier space，SCS)条件下，对于信道或数据的处理时序，处理速度不同，例如：第一类型终端设备的不支持复杂的运算，所述复杂的运算可以包括：人工智能(artificial intelligence，AI)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)渲染，第二类型终端设备支持复杂的运算，或者理解为，第一类型终端设备的处理能力低于第二类型终端设备。
协议版本。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备属于不同协议版本的终端设备，例如：第一类型终端设备支持的协议版本为Release 17及Release 17之后的协议版本，第二类型终端设备支持的协议版本为Release 17之前的协议版本，例如Release 15或Release 16。
双工方式，所述双工方式包括半双工和全双工。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设 备采用不同的双工方式，例如：第一类型终端设备采用半双工的模式工作，第二类型终端设备采用全双工的模式工作。
业务，所述业务包括但不限于物联应用，例如视频监控，移动宽带(mobile broadband，MBB)等。第一类型终端设备和第二类型终端设备支持不同的业务，例如：第一类型终端设备支持的业务为时视频监控，第二类型终端设备支持的业务为移动宽带MBB。本申请实施例对此不做限定。
应理解，同样支持本申请技术方案的其他类型的终端设备，或未来新类型的终端设备终端设备也在本申请保护范围之内。
本申请中的第一终端设备或终端设备#1可以是第一类型终端设备中的一例，第二终端设备或终端设备#2可以是第二类型终端设备中的一例。
还需要说明的是，本申请中的第一频率范围大于该第一类型终端设备所支持的最大信道带宽，本申请中的第二频率范围小于或者等于该第一类型终端设备所支持的最大信道带宽，本申请中的第三频率范围小于或者等于该第二类型终端设备所支持的最大信道带宽，该第一频率范围和第二频率范围与该第一类型终端设备相对应，该第三频率范围与该第二类型终端设备相对应。第一频域资源对应于该第一频率范围内该第一类型终端设备用于发送上行控制信息的资源，第二频域资源对应于该第二频率范围内该第一类型终端设备用于发送上行控制信息的资源，第三频域资源对应于该第三频率范围内该第二类型终端设备用于发送上行控制信息的资源。
网络设备
本申请实施例中的终端设备用于与终端设备通信，可以是网络中的无线基站，也可以是无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)的网元，负责空中接口相关的所有功能。基站的功能包括：无线链路维护功能，保持与终端间的无线链路，同时负责无线链路数据和互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)数据质监的协议转换；无线资源管理功能，包括无线链路的建立和释放、无线资源的调度和分配等；部分移动性管理功能，包括配置终端进行测量、评估终端无线链路质量、决策终端在小区间的切换等。
该网络设备可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evoled nodeB，eNB或eNodeB)、5G网络中的基站(gNodeB，gNB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、卫星、可穿戴设备以及、传输点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、移动交换中心以及设备到设备(Device-to-Device，D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine，M2M)通信、物联网(Internet of Things)通信中承担基站功能的设备等，或者6G等未来演进的网络中的基站等等，本申请实施例并不限定。
随着移动通信技术的不断发展，涌现出了各类能力不同的终端设备。国际电信联盟(international telecommunication union，ITU)为5G以及未来的移动通信系统定义了三大类应用场景：增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)、高可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable and low latency communications，URLLC)以及海量机器类通信(massive machine type communications，mMTC)。其中，典型的eMBB业务有：超高清视频、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR；典型的URLLC业务有： 工业制造或生产流程中的无线控制、无人驾驶汽车和无人驾驶飞机的运动控制以及远程修理、远程手术等触觉交互类应用；典型的mMTC业务有：可穿戴、传感、视频监控、智能电网配电自动化、智慧城市等，其主要特点是联网的mMTC终端设备数量巨大、传输数据量较小、数据对低传输时延要求不是很高，通常，mMTC终端设备需要满足低成本和长待机时间的需求。
此外，当前第3代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)正在研究一种降低能力的终端设备，其中一种实现能力降低的技术是通过降低终端设备支持的最大信道带宽降低终端能力。
根据以上描述，不难看出，针对不同应用场景的终端设备的能力可能不同，不同能力的终端设备对移动通信系统的需求也不同，可以表现为不同能力的终端设备支持的最大信道带宽不同。例如，对于NR系统频率范围FR1(即410MHz-7125MHz频率范围)，正常eMBB终端设备支持的最大信道带宽是100MHz，而对于降低能力的终端设备，为了降低该终端设备的复杂度和成本，其支持的最大信道带宽可以是5MHz，或10MHz，或20MHz，或40MHz。
上述不同能力的终端设备可能会在同一通信系统中共存，然而由于不同能力的终端设备支持的最大信道带宽不同，可能会导致资源碎片化的问题，可以理解为，最大信道带宽较小的终端设备可能或导致最大信道带宽较大的终端设备的频域资源割裂为几块较小的频域资源，网络设备在为服务的终端设备分配资源时，只能在这几块零散的频域资源上为终端设备分配资源，对网络设备的调度存在较大的限制，会导致资源分配的灵活性下降。
因此，如何更好的支持不同能力的终端设备在同一通信系统中共存，避免资源的碎片化对资源调度造成限制，成为了亟待解决的问题。
下面将以终端设备的随机接入过程中向网络设备发送针对竞争解决消息(即下述Msg4)的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)所使用的物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)资源为例，对本申请涉及的技术问题进行进一步介绍。
随机接入是终端设备和网络之间建立无线链路的必经过程，只有在随机接入完成之后，网络设备和终端设备之间才能正常进行数据互操作(normal DL/UL transmission)。终端设备可以通过随机接入实现两个基本的功能：①建立上行链路同步，以实现与网络设备之间的上行同步。②建立一个唯一终端标识，即小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)，请求网络设备分配上行链路资源。
随机接入过程包括基于竞争的随机接入和无竞争的随机接入两种模式。其中，对于基于竞争的随机接入过程来说，UE随机选择一个随机接入前导码(preamble)向网络设备侧发起随机接入过程，因此若同一时刻多个UE使用同一个preamble发起随机接入过程，就会发生冲突，有可能导致接入失败；无竞争的随机接入过程是指UE在接入时，使用网络设备提供的特定的接入前导码，这样就不会与其他的UE发生冲突，以保证接入的成功率。
接下来结合图2，以基于竞争模式的4步随机接入过程为例，先对终端设备的随机接入过程100进行介绍。
S101，终端设备在预配置的随机接入信道机会(RACH occasion，RO)资源中向网络 设备发起随机接入请求，该随机接入请求中包括第一随机接入前导码(preamble)，也可成为随机接入过程的消息1，即Msg1。
需要说明的是，在S101之前，该随机接入过程还包括：终端设备接收网络设备的广播消息，并从该广播消息中的若干个随机接入前导码(preamble)中随机选取一个随机接入前导码作为上述第一随机接入前导码。
应理解，可能存在多个终端设备在相同的RO资源中发送随机接入请求，这些终端设备可以根据不同的preamble区分，但由于上述广播消息中的preamble数量有限，也存在多个UE选择了相同preamble的可能，该问题可以在步骤S104中解决。
S102，网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应(random access response，RAR)(可称为消息2，即Msg2)。
需要说明的是，该随机接入响应中包括上行授权(uplink grant，UL grant)信息，该上行授权信息用于指示终端设备发送Msg3的资源。
S103，终端设备根据上行调度信息指示的资源向网络设备发送消息3(可称为Msg3)。
S104，网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决(contention resolution)消息(可称为新消息4，即Msg4)。
由于不同终端设备之间选择的preamble可能会冲突，存在多个终端设备选择同一个preamble的情况，网络设备在这一步指示接入成功的终端设备。
其中，在S104之后终端设备会对接收到的Msg4在PUCCH资源上进行HARQ反馈。
接下来结合图3和表1，进一步对上述终端设备反馈Msg4所使用的PUCCH资源进行介绍。
需要说明的是，NR系统中的终端设备通常在带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)内进行信息传输(可参考图3)，当终端设备需要在一个时隙内通过跳频方式传输信息时，其跳频使用的PUCCH资源通常位于BWP的两端，该跳频使用的PUCCH资源对应的资源在时域上连续，在频率上不连续。
应理解，终端设备反馈该Msg4所使用的PUCCH资源可以进行跳频，其中，第一跳与第二跳的可选时频资源位置可以是预先定义的。
下述表1示出了一种可能的PUCCH资源的第一跳与第二跳的可选资源位置。其中，第一列的索引用于指示PUCCH的资源集，第四列符号数代表该PUCCH资源集在时域上占用的符号个数，可记做L，第五列物理资源块偏移代表该PUCCH资源集在频域上对应的物理资源块偏移参数，可记做
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000059
第六列初始循环移位代表该PUCCH资源集在频域上对应的初始循环移位索引集合，该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引总个数可记做N CS，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000060
为BWP包含的资源块RB的个数。
表1
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000062
图3示出了表1中索引为0的PUCCH资源集中PUCCH资源在时频上的分布(图3中仅示出了8个PUCCH资源，其中每个PUCCH资源包括第一跳对应的RB和第二跳对应的RB，该两跳对应的RB分别位于BWP两端)。
接下来以上述表1中的第一行(即索引为0所指示的PUCCH资源集)为例，结合图3，对表1中各个参数的含义进行进一步说明。
表1中的第一行对应索引为0的PUCCH资源集，在该PUCCH资源集中包含16个PUCCH资源，PUCCH格式为0指该PUCCH资源集对应的PUCCH格式为PUCCH format 0；在时域上，起始符号为12指该PUCCH资源集对应的起始符号为第12个符号，该PUCCH资源集占用的符号数为2个符号，可以理解为该PUCCH资源集占用第12个符号和第13个符号(可参考图3)；在频域上，PRB偏移为0指该PUCCH资源集中的第一个PUCCH资源所在的资源块相对于BWP的边界的RB(即图3中索引为0的资源块)的偏移为0。初始循环移位为{0，3}表示初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引总个数为2，即表示两个PUCCH资源能够分别采用初始循环移位0和初始循环移位3来保证正交性，该两个PUCCH资源通过采用不同的循环移位防止干扰，其中一个PUCCH资源采用循环移位0，另一个PUCCH资源采用循环移位3。该16个PUCCH资源分别分布在BWP的两端，其中每一端各分布有8个PUCCH资源。
需要说明的是，上述终端设备的PUCCH资源可以由网络设备进行指示，示例性的，网络设备可以先通过系统信息块(system information block，SIB)(例如SIB1)指示一个PUCCH资源集的索引，例如指示表1中索引为0的PUCCH资源集；然后再进一步指示该PUCCH资源集中的某一个PUCCH资源，PUCCH资源集中PUCCH资源的索引可表示为r PUCCH，例如，在索引为0的PUCCH资源集(包含16个资源)中指示其中r PUCCH＝0的PUCCH资源。
图3中终端设备反馈Msg4所使用的第一跳对应的资源和第二跳对应的资源所在的RB的索引可以通过以下方式计算。
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则BWP范围内PUCCH的第一跳对应的RB的索引(可记做X 1)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000063
则PUCCH的第二跳对应的RB的索引(可记做X 2)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000064
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则PUCCH的第一跳对应的RB的索引(可记做X 1)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000065
则PUCCH的第二跳对应的RB的索引(可记做X 2)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000066
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000067
为该终端设备工作的BWP包括的资源块RB的个数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000068
为该PUCCH资源集在频域上对应的物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为PUCCH资源集中PUCCH资源的索引值，N CS为初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引总个数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000069
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
示例性地，图3(对应PUCCH资源集的索引为0)中r PUCCH为0的PUCCH资源的第一跳所在的RB的索引为0+[0/2]＝0，r PUCCH为0的PUCCH资源的第二跳所在的RB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000070
上述终端设备(下面可称为终端设备#1)跳频发送PUCCH第一跳和第二跳所使用的资源，从网络设备角度来看会导致频率资源割裂，导致资源碎片化的问题。
图4示出了两种不同能力的终端的资源位置，其中终端设备#1可以为降低能力终端设备(reduced capability user equipment，RedCap UE)，终端设备#2可以为eMBB终端设备，其中，eMBB终端设备支持的最大信道带宽大于RedCap UE支持的最大信道带宽。若RedCap UE对Msg4的HARQ反馈所使用的PUCCH资源的第一跳和第二跳位于eMBB终端设备的BWP范围内，eMBB终端设备能使用的频域资源会被分割为图4中箭头所示的三段资源，存在资源碎片化的问题，网络设备在为该eMBB终端设备分配资源时，只能在这三块零散的频域资源(即频域资源#1、频域资源#2和频域资源#3)为eMBB终端设备分配资源，对网络设备的调度存在较大的限制，导致资源分配的灵活性下降。
应理解，在RedCap UE的初始接入过程中，其上行传输需要在为RedCap UE配置的initial UL BWP的带宽内(或者说在RedCap UE支持的最大信道带宽范围内)发送，对应的RedCap UE对Msg4的HARQ反馈所使用的PUCCH资源的第一跳和第二跳也要在该initial UL BWP内发送。
还应理解，本申请实施例以降低能力终端设备和eMBB终端设备为例进行说明，本申请实施例还以终端设备的随机接入过程中对网络设备发送的Msg4的HARQ反馈所使用的跳频的PUCCH资源为例进行说明，此处不应当对本申请造成任何限定，实际上无论是否需要跳频，也无论该终端设备的具体类型，只要两种能力不同的终端设备所支持的信道带宽存在部分或全部相同的频率范围，其中支持的最大信道带宽较小的终端设备就可能会导致支持的最大信道带宽较大的终端设备的频域资源碎片化，采用本申请中的技术方案均能 够解决该场景下的技术问题。
针对上述问题，本申请提出了一种通信方法，能够重新确定终端设备#1所使用的PUCCH资源，避免终端设备#2的资源碎片化。其中重新确定的终端设备#1所使用的PUCCH资源位于第一频率范围内，该第一频率范围大于该终端设备#1工作的BWP(或者说大于该终端设备#1支持的最大信道带宽)，示例性的，重新确定的终端设备#1所使用的PUCCH资源可以位于载波两端，或可以与终端设备#2的PUCCH资源相邻(可理解为与终端设备#2用于发送上行控制信息的资源在频率上相邻，例如，终端设备#1的PUCCH资源所在的资源块，与终端设备#2的PUCCH资源所在的资源块在频率上是相邻的资源块)。
接下来结合图5对本申请的信息传输方法200进行详细说明。需要说明的是，下述方法200中的终端设备指上述终端设备#1。
S201，终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备可以根据第一配置信息确定下述参数中的一种或多种：上述目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，该第一配置信息可以为网络设备发送给终端设备的。
作为示例而非限定，该目标偏移参数的确定方式包括但不限于以下几种：①该终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，可选地，上述y和z可以相同，例如y＝z＝0；②该终端设备根据第一信息确定该目标偏移参数，该第一信息由该终端设备从网络设备接收，例如，第一信息为主信息块(master information block，MIB)，或为系统信息块1(system information block 1，SIB1)，或是SIB1中的字段，或为调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的下行控制信息，或是调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI中的字段；③该目标偏移参数为预定义的参数，例如终端设备通过预定义的方式确定目标偏移参数，该目标偏移参数可以是预定义的值；④该终端设备(可称为终端设备#1)根据预定义规则确定该目标偏移参数，例如根据其他存在资源冲突的终端设备(可称为终端设备#2)所配置的PUCCH资源集所占用的频率位置(预定义的规则的一例)来确定目标偏移参数，使得该终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源为与终端设备#2的PUCCH的频域资源相邻的频率位置，例如，终端设备#1的PUCCH资源所在的资源块，与终端设备#2的PUCCH资源所在的资源块在频率上是相邻的资源块。
可选地，该目标偏移参数的取值可以为小于0的整数，也可以为K的整数倍，所述K＝2或3或4。
S202，终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定上行控制信道传输的资源块索引。
需要说明的是，若该上行控制信道传输为跳频传输，该目标偏移参数可用于分别确定 跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引和第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中p和q为正整数，或者说，该目标偏移参数可用于分别确定跳频传输的第p跳和第q跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，该p＝1，该q＝2；或者该p＝2，该q＝1。
需要说明的是，若该上行控制信道传输为跳频传输，该目标偏移参数可以包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，该第一子偏移参数用于确定该第一资源块索引，该第二子偏移参数用于确定该第二资源块索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，以floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0为例，其中floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的下述关系确定第一资源块索引(记做X 1)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000071
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000072
该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的下述关系确定第二资源块索引(记做X 2)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000073
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000074
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000075
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000076
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000077
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000078
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
在一种可能的实现方式中，以floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1为例，其中floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的下述关系确定第一资源块索引(记做X 1)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000079
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000080
该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的下述关系确定第二资源块索引(记做X 2)：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000081
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000082
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000083
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包 括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000084
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000085
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000086
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
可选地，在该终端设备确定目标偏移参数之前，该终端设备可以先确定该第一终端设备对应的子载波间隔(可记做S)和上行控制信道资源的符号数(可记做L)满足第一预设条件。
作为示例而非限定，该第一预设条件可以为以下条件中的一个或者多个：
①该L的最小取值大于或等于4；
②该L的最小取值根据该S确定；
③该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该第一数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；
作为示例而非限定，该第一数值范围可以包括{2,4,10}。
④该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该第二数值范围内该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
作为示例而非限定，该第二数值范围可以包括{14}。
⑤该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该第三数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；
作为示例而非限定，该第三数值范围可以包括15KHz或者30KHz或者60KHz或者大于60KHz。
⑥该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该第四数值范围内该上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。
作为示例而非限定，该第四数值范围可以包括15KHz，或者30KHz，或者60KHz。
S203，终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上发送上行控制信息。
需要说明的是，该终端设备可以在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送该上行控制信息，也可以在该资源块索引关联的资源上跳频发送该上行控制信息，也可以在该资源块索引关联的资源上重复发送该上行控制信息。
接下来结合图6对本申请的信息传输方法300进行进一步说明。
该信息传输方法可以理解为，终端设备#1(如redcap UE)根据上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、第二频率范围(该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽)包括的资源块数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定的用于发送上行控制信息的资源#a(与第二频域资源对应)位于第二频率范围内，或者说该资源#a位于该终端设备#1的BWP内，或者说该资源#a位于该终端设备#1支持的最大信道带宽内，该资源#a会导致终端设备#2可用的资源(与第三频率范围对应)碎片化，这里资源#a的确定方式可以按照上述公式1-4，在此不再赘述；在此基础上，终端设备#1先确定第一频率范围以及第一偏移参数(可记做Z 1)，再根据该一偏移参数、第一频率范围(该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽)包括的资源块数、上 行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定的用于发送上行控制信息的资源#b，该资源#b位于该第一频率范围内，同时该资源#b位于上述第二频率范围之外，提高了该PUCCH发送的跳频增益，减小了对于终端设备#2的资源分配的限制，减小了资源碎片化，从网络设备的角度提高了终端设备#2可用的资源的灵活度。
需要说明的是，本实施例中的第一偏移参数可以理解为上述目标偏移参数。
需要说明的是，上述第一偏移参数可以理解为第一频率范围的第0资源块索引(即第一频率范围的起始RB)所在的位置(与第一位置对应)到第二频率范围的第0资源块索引(即第二频率范围的起始RB)所在的位置(与第二位置对应)之间的偏移值，可选地，该第一偏移参数可以以RB为单位。第一偏移参数可以为正值或负值，正值和负值分别对应不同的第一偏移参数方向。示例性地，正值可以表示向RB索引增大的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB大于第一频率范围的起始RB；负值可以表示向RB索引减小的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB小于第一频率范围的起始RB；0可以表示第一频率范围的起始RB所在的位置与第二频率范围的起始RB所在的位置对齐。
需要说明的是，上述第一偏移参数还可以理解为第二频率范围的第0资源块索引(即第二频率范围的起始RB)所在的位置(与第二位置对应)到第一频率范围的第0资源块索引(即第一频率范围的起始RB)所在的位置(与第一位置对应)之间的偏移值，可选地，该第一偏移参数可以以RB为单位。第一偏移参数可以为正值或负值，正值和负值分别对应不同的第一偏移参数方向。示例性地，正值可以表示向RB索引增大的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB小于第一频率范围的起始RB；负值可以表示向RB索引减小的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB大于第一频率范围的起始RB；0可以表示第一频率范围的起始RB所在的位置与第二频率范围的起始RB所在的位置对齐。
还需要说明的是，第一频率范围可以是载波，或是终端设备#2工作的BWP，或是载波范围内任意大于第二频率范围的带宽，或是任意的带宽大于第二频率范围的频率范围(任意的带宽大于第二频率范围的BWP)，本申请在此不作限定，只要能够保证上述资源#b位于上述第二频率范围之外即可。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该资源#b为该终端设备#1跳频传输(或者发送)该上行控制信息所使用的资源，此时可将发送该上行控制信息的第一跳所对应的资源记做资源#b1，发送该上行控制信息的第二跳所对应的资源记做资源#b2，该资源#b1和资源#b2位于第一频率范围内，示例性地，该资源#b1和资源#b2分别位于载波两端，或者该资源#b1和资源#b2分别与终端设备#2的PUCCH资源相邻。类似的，为了便于描述，将跳频场景的资源#a也分为资源#a1和资源#a2。
需要说明的是，在该信息传输方法中，为解决资源碎片问题，可以由网络设备指示终端设备#1用于确定资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)的上述相关参数，其中，第一偏移参数的确定方式包括但不限于以下几种：
①由网络设备直接为终端设备#1配置该第一偏移参数Z 1；
②由网络设备为终端设备#1配置第一频率范围，终端设备#1根据该第一频率范围的起始RB(与第一位置对应)以及第二频率范围的起始RB(与第二位置对应)计算得到第一偏移参数Z 1。
可选地，网络设备可以在SIB1或调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的下行控制信息中携带与上述方式中的第一偏移参数或者第一频率范围相关的配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，以跳频场景为例，终端设备#1可以通过下述方式确定该资源#b1和资源#b2：终端设备#1先确定位于第二频率范围内的资源#a1和资源#a2的位置，这里可以参考公式1-4，在此不作赘述；终端设备#1再根据第一偏移参数确定资源#a1到资源#b1之间的偏移参数D 1(与第一子偏移对应)、以及资源#a2到资源#b2之间的偏移参数D 2(与第二子偏移对应)，示例性地，该D 1可以为该第一偏移参数，该D 2可以根据该第一偏移参数与第一频率范围包括的RB数确定。
图6示出了本申请终端设备#1确定该资源#b1和资源#b2的(a)、(b)、(c)三种场景，每种场景分别对应不同的终端设备#1(如RedCap UE)的第二频率范围(如BWP)与第一频率范围的频率位置关系，上述三种场景都可以通过下述方式来确定该资源#b1和资源#b2对应的频率资源位置。
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1(即第一资源块索引)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000087
则第一频率范围内资源#b2对应的RB的索引(即第二资源块索引)X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000088
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1(即第一资源块索引)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000089
则第一频率范围内资源#b2对应的RB的索引(即第二资源块索引)X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000090
其中，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000091
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000092
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，Z 1为第一偏移参数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000093
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
值得说明的是，上述资源#b1和资源#b2的频率位置与第一频率范围的总RB数以及第一偏移参数关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在终端设备#1确定该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)之前，该信息传输方法还可以包括：网络设备确定该终端设备#1对应的资源#a(或者资源 #a1和资源#a2)不满足预设条件#1，该预设条件#1用于判断该终端设备#1对应的资源#a(或者资源#a1和资源#a2)是否会造成其他终端设备(如终端设备#1)可用资源的碎片化，示例性地，上述预设条件#1可以为终端设备#1对应的资源#a(或者资源#a1和资源#a2)位于终端设备#2的BWP内，若不满足预设条件#1，可以理解为终端设备#1和在终端设备#2的BWP在频率上没有重叠，即不存在资源碎片化问题。
在上述信息传输方法中，终端设备#1可以根据第一偏移参数以及第一频率范围确定出位于第二频率范围以外的资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)用于发送上行控制信息，该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)位于第一频率范围内，该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)可以位于载波两端、或者与终端设备#2发送上行控制信息的资源相邻，从而避免资源碎片化问题。
接下来结合图7对本申请的信息传输方法400进行进一步说明。
该信息传输方法还可以理解为，终端设备#1可以不先确定资源#a(或者资源#a1和资源#a2)，也不用确定上述偏移参数D 1和偏移参数D 2，而只需根据第一频率范围、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数来确定该资源#b，资源#b位于该第一频率范围内，同时该资源#b位于上述第二频率范围之外，提高了该PUCCH发送的跳频增益，减小了对于终端设备#2的资源分配的限制，减小了资源碎片化，从网络设备的角度提高了终端设备#2可用的资源的灵活度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备#1通过下述方式来确定该资源#b1和资源#b2对应的频率资源位置。
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000094
则第一频率范围内资源#b2对应的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000095
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000096
则PUCCH的第二跳所在的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000097
其中，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000098
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000099
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
应理解，在不同的频域范围内，相同的RB索引可以用于指示不同的频域资源，例如，在第一频率范围内的RB索引为0的资源与在第二频域范围内的RB索引为0的资源对应不同的频域范围。
根据本申请的上述实施例中确定的资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)可以避免从网络设备角度的资源碎片化问题，但也可能存在该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)与终 端设备#2确定的用于传输上行控制信息的资源(即第三频域资源)相冲突的情况，为了进一步避免终端设备#1和终端设备#2的PUCCH的频域资源冲突，进一步增加终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源对应的第一跳与第二跳的频率位置的灵活性，网络设备可以进一步为终端设备#1配置该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)的偏移参数(可记做第二偏移参数N_offset)，终端设备#1根据该第二偏移参数可以进一步调整PUCCH的频率位置，避免上述资源冲突的情况，例如可以通过该第二偏移参数将终端设备#1的PUCCH资源配置到与终端设备#2的PUCCH资源的相邻的频率位置。
可选地，该第二偏移参数可以以RB为单位。第二偏移参数可以为正值或负值，正值和负值分别对应不同的第二偏移参数方向。示例性地，正值可以表示向RB索引增大的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB大于第一频率范围的起始RB；负值可以表示向RB索引减小的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB小于第一频率范围的起始RB；0可以表示第一频率范围的起始RB所在的位置与第二频率范围的起始RB所在的位置对齐。示例性地，正值可以表示向RB索引增大的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB小于第一频率范围的起始RB；负值可以表示向RB索引减小的方向偏移，即第二频率范围的起始RB大于第一频率范围的起始RB；0可以表示第一频率范围的起始RB所在的位置与第二频率范围的起始RB所在的位置对齐。
在该实施例中，上述第二偏移参数可以理解为目标偏移参数，表示该第一子偏移参数与该第二自偏移参数相同。
如图7所示，以跳频场景为例，可以通过第二偏移参数(N_offset)调整资源#b1与资源#b2的位置，将调整位置后的资源#b1与资源#b2分别记做资源#b11与资源#b22。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备#1通过下述方式来确定该资源#b11和资源#b22对应的频率资源位置。
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则资源#b11对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000100
则资源#b22对应的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000101
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则资源#b11对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000102
则资源#b22对应的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000103
在该实施方式中，上述目标偏移参数可以理解为包括该第二偏移参数。
结合图6所对应的实施例，资源#b11和资源#b22对应的频率资源位置的另一种可能的确定方式为：
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则资源#b11对应的RB的索引X 1(即第一资源块索引)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000104
则资源#b22对应的RB的索引X 2(即第二资源块索引)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000105
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则资源#b11对应的RB的索引(即第一资源块索引)X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000106
则资源#b22对应的RB的索引X 2(即第二资源块索引)为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000107
其中，N_offset为第二偏移参数，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000108
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000109
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，Z 1为第一偏移参数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000110
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
在该实施方式中，上述目标偏移参数可以理解为包括该第一偏移参数和该第二偏移参数。
需要说明的是，终端设备#1确定第二偏移参数的方式可以包括如下方式：
1)终端设备通过接收网络设备的第三信息确定该第二偏移参数，例如，第三信息可以是SIB1，或是SIB1中的字段，或是调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI，或是调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI中的字段，或是上行控制信道配置信息PUCCH-ConfigCommon中的字段；
2)终端设备通过预定义的方式确定第二偏移参数，例如，第二偏移参数可以是预定义的值，2的整数倍，或3的整数倍，或4的整数倍，单位可以是RB；
3)终端设备根据预定义的规则确定第二偏移参数，例如根据为终端设备#2配置的PUCCH资源集占用的频率位置(预定义的规则的一例)来确定第二偏移参数，使得终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源为与终端设备#2的PUCCH的频域资源相邻的频率位置。
表2
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000112
在上述信息传输方法中，终端设备#1可以根据第一频率范围确定出资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)用于发送上行控制信息，该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)位于第一频率范围内，该资源#b(或者资源#b1和资源#b2)可以避免终端设备#2可用的频域资源碎片化。在上述信息传输方法中，终端设备#1还可以进一步确定第二偏移参数，根据第二偏移参数确定资源#b11和资源#b22，以避免与终端设备#2的PUCCH的频率资源冲突，例如，可以避免终端设备#1发送Msg4的频率资源与终端设备#2发送Msg4的频率资源冲突。可选地，可以通过该第二偏移参数使得终端设备#1的PUCCH的频率资源与终端设备#2的PUCCH的频率资源在频域上相邻。
接下来结合图8对本申请的信息传输方法500进行进一步说明。
在本申请的以上实施例中，在跳频场景下，由网络设备为终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源的其中一跳频域资源配置偏移参数，而终端设备#1的PUCCH的频域资源的另外一跳频域资源由终端设备#1根据该偏移参数确定。在另一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备也可以为终端设备#1的PUCCH的两跳频域资源分别配置偏移参数，示例性的，将第一跳频域资源对应的偏移参数称为第三偏移参数(可记做RB_offset1)，第二跳频域资源对应的偏移参数记做第四偏移参数(可记做RB_offset2)。
在该实施例中，上述目标偏移参数包括该第三偏移参数(对应第一子偏移参数)和第四偏移参数(对应第二子偏移参数)。
如图8所示，在该实现方式中，终端设备#1根据网络设备配置的第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数确定资源#b1和资源#b2位置，具体而言，终端设备#1的PUCCH的第一跳对应的资源#b1根据第三偏移参数确定频率位置，终端设备#1的PUCCH的第二跳对应的资源#b2根据第四偏移参数确定频率位置，从而避免终端设备#2的资源碎片化。示例性地，该资源#b1和资源#b2可以位于终端设备#2支持的最大信道带宽范围以外，或者该资源#b1和资源#b2可以位于终端设备#2支持的最大信道带宽范围内两端。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备#1通过下述方式来确定该资源#b1和资源#b2对应的频率资源位置。
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为0～7，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝0，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000113
则第一频率范围内资源#b2对应的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000114
如果PUCCH资源索引r PUCCH为8～15，即floor(r PUCCH/8)＝1，则第一频率范围内资源#b1对应的RB的索引X 1为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000115
则PUCCH的第二跳所在的RB的索引X 2为：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000116
其中，N_offset1为第三偏移参数，N_offset2为第四偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000117
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000118
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，floor(r PUCCH/8)代表对r PUCCH/8的结果向下取整，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000119
代表对(r PUCCH-8)/N CS的结果向下取整。
需要说明的是，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数可以是正值或负值，正值和负值分别对应不同的频域移动方向，示例性地，正值可以表示向RB索引增大的方向偏移，负值可以表示向RB索引减小的方向偏移。可选地，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数可以以RB为单位。
还需要说明的是，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的范围与第一频率范围有关，例如，若第一频率范围为载波，以第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的单位为RB为例，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的范围为取值为0到274的整数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的配置与上行控制信道配置信息PUCCH-ConfigCommon关联，每个PUCCH资源集对应一组第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的配置，可能的结构体至少包括如下内容：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000120
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的配置与PUCCH资源集配置关联，每个资源集对应一组第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数的配置，可能的关联如下：
在上述信息传输方法中，网络设备可以指示第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数，网络设备可以通过第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数灵活调整终端设备#1的PUCCH的第一跳和第二跳的频率位置(即资源#b1和资源#b2)。相应的，终端设备#1可以根据第三偏移参数和第四偏移参数分别确定跳频场景中资源#b1和资源#b2的频域位置，从而避免终端设备#2可用的频域资源碎片化。
为解决资源碎片问题，本申请中终端设备#1的PUCCH资源第一跳频域资源和/或第二跳频域资源位于该终端设备#1支持的最大信道带宽之外(即BWP之外)，因此终端设备#1需要进行频率调谐(retuning)来发送PUCCH的第一跳和/或PUCCH的第二跳。可以理解为，终端设备#1的PUCCH资源第一跳频域资源和第二跳频域资源之间需要至少间隔retuning时间(例如retuning时间为以为140微秒)，这可能导致需要占用第一跳PUCCH资源和/或第二跳PUCCH资源的多个符号进行频率调谐，引起终端设备#1传输性能的下 降，在此情况下还会破坏PUCCH资源的正交性，可能会对其他终端设备造成干扰。
接下来针对上述PUCCH传输的第一跳和第二跳之间是否进行频率调谐的问题，对本申请中的信息传输方法进行进一步介绍。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当子载波的间隔(subcarrier spacing，SCS)(可记做S)和PUCCH长度(可记做L)满足预设条件#2时，终端设备#1才支持终端设备#1工作的BWP以外的跳频，或者说，终端设备#1只进行终端设备#1工作的BWP以内的跳频。
需要说明的是，判断上述子载波的间隔S和PUCCH长度L是否满足预设条件#2可以由网络设备侧进行判断，也可以由终端设备侧(如终端设备#1)进行判断，本申请在此不作限定。
作为示例而非限定，上述预设条件#2可以是：L和/或S满足以下至少一项：
1)L的最小取值大于或等于4；
2)L的最小取值根据S确定；
3)L的取值属于第一数值范围，PUCCH不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；
4)所述L的取值属于第二数值范围，PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
5)所述S的取值属于第三数值范围，PUCCH不跳频传输，或PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；
6)所述S的取值属于第四数值范围，PUCCH能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。
对于上述1)，满足1)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。例如，L＝10时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。
对于2)，满足2)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外，或者第二频率范围内。例如，S＝15KHz时，L的最小值为10，即，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝30KHz时，L的最小值为14，即，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外；例如，S＝60KHz时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳在第二频率范围内。
对于3)，满足3)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第一数值范围可以是L小于或等于4。
对于4)，满足4)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第二数值范围可以是L大于4，或是L大于或等于10。
对于5)，满足5)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输不跳频传输，或者跳频传输，且两跳在第二频率范围内。第三数值范围可以是S大于或等于60KHz，或是S大于30KHz。
对于6)，满足6)时，终端设备发送的PUCCH传输两跳在第二频率范围之外。第四数值范围可以是S小于或等于30KHz。
上述1)～6)可以互相结合，例如，3)可以和5)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第一数值范围且S属于第三数值范围时，PUCCH不跳频传输，或者PUCCH跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；例如，4)可以和6)结合应用，即，L的取值属于第二数值范围且S属于第四数值范围时，PUCCH能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两 跳之间需要频率调谐。
在一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备可以向该终端设备发送第二信息，该第二信息可以用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息是否进行跳频传输，可选地，若该第二信息用于指示终端设备的上行控制信息进行跳频传输，该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息的跳频传输是否需要进行频率调谐，或者说该第二信息还可用于进一步指示该上行控制信息在第二频率范围内跳频传输，或者该上行控制信息在第二频率范围外跳频传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当子载波的间隔(subcarrier spacing，SCS)(可记做S)和PUCCH长度(可记做L)满足预设条件#2(即第一预设条件)时，终端设备#1才支持终端设备#1初始上行BWP以外的跳频，或者说，终端设备#1不跳频或只进行终端设备#1初始上行BWP以内的跳频。
作为示例而非限定，上述预设条件#2可以是①SCS＝15KHz，PUCCH符号数为2或4；还可以是②SCS＝30KHz或60KHz，PUCCH符号数为2或4或10；还可以是③SCS大于60KHz。
若采用上述实现方式，对于终端设备#1，现有PUCCH资源集配置表格(例如表1)中的部分索引对应的PUCCH资源集不可用，例如，表1中的索引0～6对应的PUCCH资源集不能用作PUCCH跳频的资源。对于终端设备#1，这些索引对应的PUCCH资源集中的资源可以采用不同的时域配置。
表3示出了对表1的一种可能的重配置，其中，对表1中PUCCH符号数为2和4所在的行的重配置可以为：在第一PUCCH资源集中，对应表3中的索引为0，1，2，在第一时间间隔内传输终端设备#1的PUCCH，该PUCCH的第一跳和第二跳可以在BWP之外；在第二PUCCH资源集中，对应表3中的索引为3，4，5，6，在第二时间间隔内传输PUCCH，该PUCCH的第一跳和第二跳可以在BWP之外。第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔的时长不同，例如，第一时间间隔可以是1.5个时隙或1.5个时隙对应的符号数，第二时间间隔可以是2个时隙或2个时隙对应的符号数。第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔可以不体现在表格中，即通过预定义的方式确定，例如，L＝10对应第一时间间隔，L＝14对应第二时间间隔。第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔可以保证第一跳和第二跳之间有足够的时间做频率调谐。网络设备可以通过第四信息指示终端设备是否跳频，和/或，通过第五信息指示终端设备在BWP之内或之外跳频，例如，第四信息，第五信息可以是MIB，SIB1，调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI，RRC信令，或DCI。
在一种实施方式中，网络设备可以通过第X信息(1比特或多个比特)指示终端设备应用表1或应用表3，第X信息可以是MIB，或是SIB1，或是调度承载SIB1的PDSCH的DCI，或是RRC信令，或是DCI。
表3
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000121
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000122
在上述实施例中，当子载波的间隔和PUCCH长度满足预设条件#2时，终端设备#1才进行终端设备#1初始上行BWP以外的跳频，当子载波的间隔和PUCCH长度不满足预设条件#2时，终端设备#1不进行终端设备#1初始上行BWP以外的跳频，或者说终端设备#1只进行终端设备#1初始上行BWP以内的跳频，降低了重新调节的时间对终端设备#1对应的长度较短的PUCCH的性能影响。
需要说明的是，在本申请的上述实施例中，在跳频场景下，上述第一跳(对应于资源#b1或资源b#11或第一子频域资源)和第二跳对应于(资源#b2或资源b#22或第二子频域资源)可以都位于第二频率范围以外；也可以是该第一跳位于第二频率范围以内，该第二跳位于第二频率范围以外；还可以是该第一跳位于第二频率范围以外，该第二跳位于第二频率范围以内；本申请对具体的第一跳与第二跳的具体位置不作限定，只要能够减小对网络侧的资源调度限制，增加资源配置的灵活性即可。
还需要说明的是，本申请中的实施例以RB为PUCCH资源的单位为例进行说明不应对本申请造成限定，实际上还可以RE、子载波等作为PUCCH资源的单位，博识洽闻在此不作任何限定。
应理解，上述实施例中的频域资源和频率资源在本申请中的含义相同。
还需要说明的是，本申请中的实施例以初始接入状态下的终端设备进行说明不应对本申请造成限定，实际上本申请中的实施例不仅适用于初始接入状态下的终端设备的PUCCH资源分配，还可以适用于连接状态下的终端设备的PUCCH资源分配。
应理解，本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非限制本申请实施例的范围。
还应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据 其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
还需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，“预先设定”、“预先配置”等可以通过在设备(例如，网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定，例如本申请实施例中预设的规则、预设的常数等。
可以理解的是，本申请上述实施例中，由通信设备实现的方法，也可以由可配置于通信设备内部的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。
以上，结合图5至图8详细说明了本申请实施例提供的信息传输的方法。上述方法主要从终端设备和网络设备之间交互的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是，终端设备和网络设备，为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
基于同一技术构思，本申请还提供了相应的通信装置，本申请提供的通信装置可以包括执行上述方法实施例中的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块或单元，该单元可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。下面结合图9至图11，对本申请提供的通信装置进行说明。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例，为了简洁，部分内容不再赘述。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。
图9给出了一种信息传输装置600的结构示意图。该通信装置包括处理单元610以及收发单元620。
该信息传输装置600可以应用于网络设备，也可以应用于终端设备，也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网络设备或者终端设备的功能的芯片，本申请在此不作限定。
应理解，该通信装置600可以为本申请实施例的方法200至方法500中各方法对应的设备，该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图5至图8中任意信息传输方法的单元。并且，该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别实现了图5至图8中的方法200至方法500的相应流程。
在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置600可实现图5至图8中任意一图所示的实施例中终端设备和/或网络设备所具备的任意功能。
例如，处理单元610，用于终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、 该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定资源块索引；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定该上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中该p为正整数；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数、和第一频率范围确定该上行控制信道数据跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中该q为正整数，该资源块索引所关联的资源属于该第一频率范围。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数。
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据该第一子偏移参数确定该第一资源块索引，
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据该第二子偏移参数确定该第二资源块索引。
该处理单元610，还用于根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定该第一资源块索引：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000123
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000124
其中，X 1为该第一资源块索引，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000125
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定该第一资源块索引的该第一子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000126
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
该处理单元610，还用于根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定该第二资源块索引：
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000127
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000128
或者
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000129
其中，X 2为该第二资源块索引，N size为该第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000130
为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000131
为该物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为该上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为该目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定该第二资源块索引的该第二子偏移参数，
Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-000132
代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据第一信息确定该目标偏移参数；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据预定义的参数确定该目标偏移参数；
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备根据预定义规则确定该目标偏移参数。
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送该上行控制信息。
该处理单元610，还用于该终端设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
收发单元620，用于该终端设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上向网络设备发送上行控制信息。
收发单元620，还用于该终端设备从网络设备接收第一信息。
收发单元620，还用于该终端设备从网络设备接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用至少一个第一频域资源发送上行控制信息，该第一频域资源属于第一频率范围。
收发单元620，还用于该终端设备从网络设备接收第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示网络设备为该第一终端设备分配的第二频率范围，该第二频率范围包括至少一个第二频域资源，该第二频域资源用于该第一终端设备发送该上行控制信息，其中，该第二频域资源还属于该网络设备为第二终端设备分配的第三频域范围。需要说明的是，该第一频域资源在该第三频域范围以外，或者，该第一频域资源位于该第三频域范围的边缘部分。
再例如，处理单元610，用于确定发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；
该处理单元610，还用于判断该L和/或该S满足以下至少一项：该L的最小取值大于或等于4；该L的最小取值根据该S确定；该L的取值属于第一数值范围，该第一数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者该上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；该L的取值属于第二数值范围，该第二数值范围内该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；该S的取值属于第三数值范围，该第三数值范围内该上行控制信道不跳频传输，或该上行控制信道跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐；该S的取值属于第四数值范围，该第四数值范围内该上行控制信道能够跳频传输且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐。
收发单元620，用于发送或者接受该上行控制信息。
收发单元620，还用于发送或者接受该第一信息。
收发单元620，还用于发送或者接受该第一配置信息。
收发单元620，还用于发送或者接受该第二配置信息。
再例如，收发单元620，用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于该终端设备确定资源块索引，该第一信息还用于指示目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
该收发单元620，还用于该网络设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上接收该终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，该资源块索引包括第一资源块索引和第二资源块索引，其中，该第一子偏移参数用于确定 该第一资源块索引，该第二子偏移参数用于确定该第二资源块索引。
需要说明的是，该第一信息用于指示该目标偏移参数包括：该第一信息用于指示第一位置和第二位置，该第一位置和该第二位置用于确定该目标偏移参数，其中该第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，该第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，该y，z为非负整数，其中该第一频率范围大于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，该第二频率范围小于或等于该终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者该第一信息包括该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义的参数，该预定义的参数用于确定该目标偏移参数；或者该第一信息包括预定义规则，该预定义规则用于确定该目标偏移参数。可选地，该目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，该目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，该K＝2或3或4。
该收发单元620，还用于该网络设备在该资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频接收该终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
处理单元610，用于该网络设备确定该终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和该上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
图10是根据本申请实施例提供的信息传输装置700的结构框图。图10所示的信息传输装置700包括：处理器710、存储器720和通信接口730。该处理器710与存储器耦合，用于执行存储器中存储的指令，以控制通信接口730发送信号和/或接收信号。
应理解，上述处理器710和存储器720可以合成一个处理装置，处理器710用于执行存储器720中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时，该存储器720也可以集成在处理器710中，或者独立于处理器710。
该信息传输装置700可以应用于网络设备，也可以应用于终端设备，也可以是用于实现上文方法实施例中网络设备或者终端设备的功能的芯片，本申请在此不作限定。
具体地，该通信装置700可对应于根据本申请实施例中图5至图8中通信方法所对应的终端设备或网络设备，该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图5至图8中通信方法的单元。并且，该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了执行方法200至方法500的相应流程。应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
当该通信装置700为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口；处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的任意一种方法。
应理解，上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如，该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，还可以是系统芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit，CPU)，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)或其他集成芯片。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件 形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch-link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct ram-bus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行图5和图8所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。
参见图11，本申请实施例还提供了一种装置800，可用于实现上述方法中通信装置的功能，该装置800可以是通信装置或者通信装置中的芯片。该通信装置包括：
至少一个输入输出接口810和逻辑电路820。输入输出接口810可以是输入输出电路，也可以称为通信接口。逻辑电路820可以是信号处理器、芯片，或其他可以实现本申请方法的集成电路。
其中，至少一个输入输出接口810用于信息的输入或输出。举例来说，当该装置为终端设备对应的通信装置或者用于终端设备对应的通信装置时，输入输出接口810用于获取该第一信息或者该第一配置信息或者该第二配置信息，输入输出接口810还用于发送该上 行控制信息。
其中，逻辑电路820用于执行本申请实施例提供的任意一种方法的部分或全部步骤。逻辑电路可以实现上述通信装置600中的处理单元610、通信装置700中的处理器710所实现的功能。举例来说，当该装置为通信装置或者用于通信装置时，用于执行上述方法实施例中各种可能的实现方式中通信装置执行的步骤，例如逻辑电路820用于根据上述方法实施例中各种可能的实现方式确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，再例如逻辑电路820用于根据上述方法实施例中各种可能的实现方式根据该目标偏移参数、该上行控制信道资源索引、该物理资源块偏移参数、和该初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定上行控制信道传输的资源块索引。
当上述通信装置为应用于通信装置的芯片时，该芯片实现上述方法实施例中通信装置的功能。该芯片从通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息；或者，该芯片向通信装置中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序或指令，当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得图5和图8所示实施例中任意一个实施例的任意一种通信方法被执行。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码，当该程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行图5和图8所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种系统，其包括前述的装置或设备。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disc，SSD))等。
上述各个装置实施例中网络侧设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络侧设备或终端设备对应，由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤，例如通信单元(或通信接口)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤，除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元610(或处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中，处理器可以为一个或多个。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限 于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。示例性地，这些部件可根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
还应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
还应理解，本申请实施例中引入编号“第一”、“第二”、“#a”、“#b”、“#1”、“#2”等只是为了区分不同的对象，比如，区分不同的“配置信息”，或，“终端设备”，或，“预设条件”，或，“偏移参数”等等，对具体对象以及不同对象间的对应关系的理解应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元610中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代 码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (45)

  1. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
    所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定资源块索引；
    所述终端设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上向网络设备发送上行控制信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行控制信息跳频传输，以及
    所述终端设备确定所述资源块索引包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中所述p为正整数；和/或，
    所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数、和第一频率范围确定所述上行控制信道数据跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中所述q为正整数，所述资源块索引所关联的资源属于所述第一频率范围。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，所述第一子偏移参数用于确定所述第一资源块索引，所述第二子偏移参数用于确定所述第二资源块索引。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述p＝1，所述q＝2；或者
    所述p＝2，所述q＝1。
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100001
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100002
    其中，X 1为所述第一资源块索引，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100003
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定所述第一资源块索引的所述第一子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100004
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  6. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下 对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100005
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100006
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100007
    其中，X 2为所述第二资源块索引，N size为所述第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100008
    为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100009
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定所述第二资源块索引的所述第二子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100010
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述目标偏移参数包括：
    所述终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定所述目标偏移参数，其中所述第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，所述第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，所述y，z为非负整数，其中所述第一频率范围大于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者
    所述终端设备根据第一信息确定所述目标偏移参数，所述第一信息由所述终端设备从网络设备接收；或者
    所述目标偏移参数为预定义的参数；或者
    所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述目标偏移参数。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，所述K＝2或3或4。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述终端设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送所述上行控制信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备确定目标偏移参数之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备确定所述终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和所述上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
  11. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；
    若所述L和/或所述S满足以下至少一项：
    所述L的最小取值大于或等于4，
    所述L的最小取值根据所述S确定，
    所述L的取值属于第一数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述L的取值属于第二数值范围，所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两 跳之间需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第三数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第四数值范围，所述上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
    所述终端设备传输所述上行控制信息。
  12. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定资源块索引，所述第一信息还用于指示目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
    所述网络设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上接收所述终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行控制信息跳频传输，以及
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定资源块索引包括：
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中所述p为正整数；和/或，
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中所述q为正整数。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，所述第一子偏移参数用于确定所述第一资源块索引，所述第二子偏移参数用于确定所述第二资源块索引。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述p＝1，所述q＝2；或者
    所述p＝2，所述q＝1。
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100011
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100012
    其中，X 1为所述第一资源块索引，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100013
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定所述第一资源块索引的所述第一子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100014
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  17. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100015
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100016
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100017
    其中，X 2为所述第二资源块索引，N size为第一频率范围包括的资源块数，所述资源块索引所关联的资源属于所述第一频率范围，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100018
    为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100019
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定所述第二资源块索引的所述第二子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100020
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  18. 根据权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标偏移参数包括：
    所述第一信息用于指示第一位置和第二位置，所述第一位置和所述第二位置用于确定所述目标偏移参数，其中所述第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，所述第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，所述y，z为非负整数，其中所述第一频率范围大于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者
    所述第一信息包括所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述第一信息包括预定义的参数，所述预定义的参数用于确定所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述第一信息包括预定义规则，所述预定义规则用于确定所述目标偏移参数。
  19. 根据权利要求12-18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，所述K＝2或3或4。
  20. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述网络设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频接收所述终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
  21. 根据权利要求12-20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备确定所述终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和所述上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
  22. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定终端设备发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；
    若所述L和/或所述S满足以下至少一项：
    所述L的最小取值大于或等于4，
    所述L的最小取值根据所述S确定，
    所述L的取值属于第一数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述L的取值属于第二数值范围，所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第三数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第四数值范围，所述上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述上行控制信息。
  23. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于终端设备确定目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，确定资源块索引；
    收发单元，用于所述终端设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上向网络设备发送上行控制信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述上行控制信息跳频传输，以及
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中所述p为正整数；和/或，
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数、和第一频率范围确定所述上行控制信道数据跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中所述q为正整数，所述资源块索引所关联的资源属于所述第一频率范围。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，以及
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备根据所述第一子偏移参数确定所述第一资源块索引，和/或
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备根据所述第二子偏移参数确定所述第二资源块索引。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定所述第一资源块索引：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100021
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100022
    其中，X 1为所述第一资源块索引，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100023
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个 数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定所述第一资源块索引的所述第一子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100024
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  27. 根据权利要求24或25所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元根据所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数的以下对应关系确定所述第二资源块索引：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100025
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100026
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100027
    其中，X 2为所述第二资源块索引，N size为所述第一频率范围包括的资源块数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100028
    为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100029
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定所述第二资源块索引的所述第二子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100030
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  28. 根据权利要求23-27任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于终端设备确定目标偏移参数包括：
    所述处理单元，用于所述终端设备根据第一位置和第二位置确定所述目标偏移参数，其中所述第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，所述第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，所述y，z为非负整数，其中所述第一频率范围大于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者
    所述收发单元，还用于所述终端设备从网络设备接收第一信息，以及
    所述处理单元，用于所述终端设备根据第一信息确定所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述处理单元，用于所述终端设备根据预定义的参数确定所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述处理单元，用于所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述目标偏移参数。
  29. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频发送所述上行控制信息。
  30. 根据权利要求23-29任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述处理单元用于所述终端设备确定目标偏移参数之前，
    所述处理单元，还用于所述终端设备确定所述终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和所述上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
  31. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于终端设备确定发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；
    所述处理单元，还用于判断所述L和/或所述S满足以下至少一项：
    所述L的最小取值大于或等于4，
    所述L的最小取值根据所述S确定，
    所述L的取值属于第一数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述L的取值属于第二数值范围，所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第三数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第四数值范围，所述上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
    收发单元，用于所述终端设备传输所述上行控制信息。
  32. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定资源块索引，所述第一信息还用于指示目标偏移参数、上行控制信道资源索引、物理资源块偏移参数、和初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数；
    所述收发单元，还用于所述网络设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上接收所述终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置，其特征在于，所述上行控制信息跳频传输，以及
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定资源块索引包括：
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第p跳对应的第一资源块索引，其中所述p为正整数；和/或，
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备确定所述上行控制信息跳频传输的第q跳对应的第二资源块索引，其中所述q为正整数。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述目标偏移参数包括第一子偏移参数和第二子偏移参数，其中，所述第一子偏移参数用于确定所述第一资源块索引，所述第二子偏移参数用于确定所述第二资源块索引。
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述p＝1，所述q＝2；或者
    所述p＝2，所述q＝1。
  36. 根据权利要求33-35任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100031
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100032
    其中，X 1为所述第一资源块索引，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100033
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 1为用于确定所述第一资源块索引的所述第一子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100034
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  37. 根据权利要求33-35任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第二资源块索引、所述目标偏移参数、所述上行控制信道资源索引、所述物理资源块偏移参数、和所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，满足以下对应关系：
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100035
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100036
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100037
    其中，X 2为所述第二资源块索引，N size为第一频率范围包括的资源块数，所述资源块索引所关联的资源属于所述第一频率范围，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100038
    为第二频率范围包括的资源块数，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100039
    为所述物理资源块偏移参数，r PUCCH为所述上行控制信道资源索引，N CS为所述初始循环移位索引集合中包含的初始循环移位索引个数，D为所述目标偏移参数，D 2为用于确定所述第二资源块索引的所述第二子偏移参数，
    Figure PCTCN2022089614-appb-100040
    代表对r PUCCH/N CS的结果向下取整。
  38. 根据权利要求32-37任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标偏移参数包括：
    所述第一信息用于指示第一位置和第二位置，所述第一位置和所述第二位置用于确定所述目标偏移参数，其中所述第一位置为第一频率范围的第y资源块索引所在的位置，所述第二位置为第二频率范围中资源块索引为z的资源块所在的位置，所述y，z为非负整数，其中所述第一频率范围大于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽，所述第二频率范围小于或等于所述终端设备支持的最大信道带宽；或者
    所述第一信息包括所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述第一信息包括预定义的参数，所述预定义的参数用于确定所述目标偏移参数；或者
    所述第一信息包括预定义规则，所述预定义规则用于确定所述目标偏移参数。
  39. 根据权利要求32-38任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为小于0的整数；或者，
    所述目标偏移参数的取值为K的整数倍，所述K＝2或3或4。
  40. 根据权利要求32所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述收发单元，还用于所述网络设备在所述资源块索引关联的资源上不跳频接收所述终端设备发送的上行控制信息。
  41. 根据权利要求32-40任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括处理单元，以及
    在所述收发单元用于所述网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息之前
    所述处理单元，用于所述网络设备确定所述终端设备对应的子载波间隔S和所述上行控制信道资源的符号数L满足第一预设条件。
  42. 一种信息传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于网络设备确定终端设备发送上行控制信息所用的符号个数L和/或子载波间隔S；
    所述处理单元，还用于所述网络设备确定所述L和/或所述S满足以下至少一项：
    所述L的最小取值大于或等于4，
    所述L的最小取值根据所述S确定，
    所述L的取值属于第一数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或者所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述L的取值属于第二数值范围，所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第三数值范围，所述上行控制信道不跳频传输，或所述上行控制信道跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间不需要频率调谐，
    所述S的取值属于第四数值范围，所述上行控制信道能够跳频传输，且跳频传输的相邻两跳之间需要频率调谐；
    收发单元，用于所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述上行控制信息。
  43. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序运行时，使得装置执行如权利要求1至10中任意一项所述的方法，或者
    使得装置执行如权利要求11所述的方法；或者
    使得装置执行如权利要求12至21中任意一项所述的方法；或者
    使得装置执行如权利要求22所述的方法。
  44. 一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得如权利要求1至10中任意一项所述的方法被执行，或者使得如权利要求11所述的方法被执行，或者使得如权利要求12至21中任意一项所述的方法被执行，或者使得如权利要求22所述的方法被执行。
  45. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法，或者
    使得所述通信装置执行权利要求11所述的方法，或者
    使得所述通信装置执行权利要求12至21中任一项所述的方法，或者
    使得所述通信装置执行权利要求22所述的通信方法。
PCT/CN2022/089614 2021-05-10 2022-04-27 一种信息传输方法及装置 Ceased WO2022237547A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023529073A JP7464798B2 (ja) 2021-05-10 2022-04-27 情報伝送方法及び装置
KR1020237007224A KR20230044500A (ko) 2021-05-10 2022-04-27 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
EP22806516.5A EP4175386A4 (en) 2021-05-10 2022-04-27 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION
TW111117235A TWI806595B (zh) 2021-05-10 2022-05-06 資訊傳輸方法及裝置
US18/161,878 US20230247628A1 (en) 2021-05-10 2023-01-30 Information transmission method and apparatus
JP2024053933A JP7711872B2 (ja) 2021-05-10 2024-03-28 情報伝送方法及び装置

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110507949.0 2021-05-10
CN202110507949.0A CN115334654B (zh) 2021-05-10 2021-05-10 一种信息传输方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/161,878 Continuation US20230247628A1 (en) 2021-05-10 2023-01-30 Information transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022237547A1 true WO2022237547A1 (zh) 2022-11-17

Family

ID=83912473

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/089614 Ceased WO2022237547A1 (zh) 2021-05-10 2022-04-27 一种信息传输方法及装置

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20230247628A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4175386A4 (zh)
JP (2) JP7464798B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20230044500A (zh)
CN (2) CN115334654B (zh)
TW (1) TWI806595B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022237547A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115866782A (zh) * 2022-12-07 2023-03-28 上海山源电子科技股份有限公司 5g资源位置的确定方法及装置

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12519581B2 (en) * 2020-08-17 2026-01-06 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Use equipment, base station and method for frequency hopping
WO2025208363A1 (en) * 2024-04-02 2025-10-09 Nec Corporation Devices and methods for communication
CN119071252B (zh) * 2024-07-24 2025-10-10 新华三技术有限公司 一种资源管理方法及装置

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108400850A (zh) * 2017-02-04 2018-08-14 华为技术有限公司 一种资源指示方法、资源获取方法及相关装置
CN108924932A (zh) * 2017-11-10 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置以及系统
CN110999098A (zh) * 2017-07-28 2020-04-10 高通股份有限公司 上行链路控制信道中的跳频
CN111357358A (zh) * 2017-11-16 2020-06-30 日本电气株式会社 通信系统
CN112205047A (zh) * 2018-03-30 2021-01-08 株式会社Ntt都科摩 用户终端以及无线基站
US20210029731A1 (en) * 2019-10-15 2021-01-28 Intel Corporation Resource allocation for physical uplink control channel during initial access in new radio unlicensed
US20210105764A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink control channel (pucch) resource selection

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3537818A4 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-12-18 LG Electronics Inc. METHOD FOR CARRYING OUT TRANSMISSION OF A UPLINK PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL USING THE METHOD
KR102745702B1 (ko) * 2018-02-15 2024-12-23 가부시키가이샤 엔티티 도코모 유저단말 및 무선 통신 방법
CN118400807A (zh) * 2018-02-23 2024-07-26 交互数字专利控股公司 用于带宽部分操作的系统和方法
CN112242892B (zh) * 2019-07-19 2022-02-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种物理上行控制信道的资源配置方法及装置
US11483872B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2022-10-25 Qualcomm Incorporated PUCCH resource configuration in two-step RACH

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108400850A (zh) * 2017-02-04 2018-08-14 华为技术有限公司 一种资源指示方法、资源获取方法及相关装置
CN110999098A (zh) * 2017-07-28 2020-04-10 高通股份有限公司 上行链路控制信道中的跳频
CN108924932A (zh) * 2017-11-10 2018-11-30 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置以及系统
CN111357358A (zh) * 2017-11-16 2020-06-30 日本电气株式会社 通信系统
CN112205047A (zh) * 2018-03-30 2021-01-08 株式会社Ntt都科摩 用户终端以及无线基站
US20210105764A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink control channel (pucch) resource selection
US20210029731A1 (en) * 2019-10-15 2021-01-28 Intel Corporation Resource allocation for physical uplink control channel during initial access in new radio unlicensed

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4175386A4
VIVO: "Design of long-PUCCH for UCI of up to 2 bits", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1715638-DESIGN OF LONG-PUCCH FOR UCI OF UP TO 2 BITS, vol. RAN WG1, 11 September 2017 (2017-09-11), Nagoya, Japan, pages 1 - 4, XP051329112 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115866782A (zh) * 2022-12-07 2023-03-28 上海山源电子科技股份有限公司 5g资源位置的确定方法及装置
CN115866782B (zh) * 2022-12-07 2023-09-08 上海山源电子科技股份有限公司 5g资源位置的确定方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115942483A (zh) 2023-04-07
EP4175386A1 (en) 2023-05-03
JP7464798B2 (ja) 2024-04-09
EP4175386A4 (en) 2024-03-06
CN115334654A (zh) 2022-11-11
US20230247628A1 (en) 2023-08-03
KR20230044500A (ko) 2023-04-04
JP7711872B2 (ja) 2025-07-23
JP2024099524A (ja) 2024-07-25
TW202245526A (zh) 2022-11-16
TWI806595B (zh) 2023-06-21
JP2023549877A (ja) 2023-11-29
CN115942483B (zh) 2023-10-20
CN115334654B (zh) 2026-04-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI806595B (zh) 資訊傳輸方法及裝置
CN109803443B (zh) 用于随机接入的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20240349397A1 (en) Sidelink drx optimizations for rrc_connected user equipment (ue)
CN113630878B (zh) 一种信息传输的方法、装置及系统
TWI826057B (zh) 一種實體上行控制通道的發送方法、接收方法及通信裝置
CN112997556B (zh) 传输信号的方法及设备
JP7711878B2 (ja) 通信方法及び通信装置
WO2023284485A1 (zh) 信号传输方法及装置
CN115884394A (zh) 一种随机接入前导的发送方法、接收方法及通信装置
JP2024511017A (ja) 情報伝送方法及び装置
CN113273302B (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022077470A1 (zh) 数据信道的传输方法
JP2026504834A (ja) 無線通信システムにおいて低減したキャパビリティ端末の初期アクセス方法及び装置
WO2023066028A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2024234947A1 (zh) 一种消息调度方法及装置
WO2022188630A1 (zh) 一种传输信息的方法及装置
WO2024208028A1 (zh) 一种接入方法及装置
CN121711810A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN115209553A (zh) 用于按需感测的ue间协调

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22806516

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202337007392

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022806516

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230126

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237007224

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023529073

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 11202300796X

Country of ref document: SG